Chapter 6 of the Gospel of John
Original Greek text and translation

Chapter 6 of the Gospel of John
Original Greek text and translation

Click on one of the Greek words below to view all instances of this word in the narrative of the Gospel of John
    John 6:1 After these things Jesus went away to the other side of the Sea of Galilee (or Tiberias).
3648 μετα Preposition
{met-ah’} – μετα
1) with, after, behind 
3649 ταυτα Demonstrative accusative plural neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
3650 απηλθεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-erkh’-om-ahee} – απερχoμαι
1) to go away, depart  1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to  follow his party, follow him as a leader  2) to go away  2a) of departing evils and sufferings  2b) of good things taken away from one  2c) of an evanescent state of things 
3651 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3652 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3653 περαν Preposition
{per’-an} – περαν
1) beyond, on the other side 
3654 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3655 θαλασσης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
3656 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3657 γαλιλαιας Noun: genitive singular feminine
{gal-il-ah’-yah} – γαλιλαια
The name of a region of northern Palestine, bounded on the north by Syria, on the west by Sidon, Tyre, Ptolemais and their territories and the promontory of Carmel, on the south by Samaria and on the east by the Jordan. It was divided into Upper Galilee and Lower Galilee. 
3658 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3659 τιβεριαδoς Noun: genitive singular feminine
{tib-er-ee-as’} – τιβεριας
A city of Galilee near the Lake of Gennesaret, which Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee, greatly enlarged and beautified, and named Tiberias in honour of Tiberias Caesar. 
Top   John 6:2 A large crowd followed Him, because they saw the signs which He was performing on those who were sick.
3660 ηκoλoυθει Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{ak-ol-oo-theh’-o} – ακoλoυθεω
1) to follow one who precedes, join him as his attendant,  accompany him  2) to join one as a disciple, become or be his disciple  2a) side with his party 
3661 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3662 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3663 oχλoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{okh’los} – oχλoς
1) a crowd  1a) a casual collection of people  1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place  1a2) a throng  1b) a multitude  1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men  1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace  1c) a multitude  1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered  together without order 
3664 πoλυς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{pol-oos’} – πoλυς
1) many, much, large 
3665 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3666 εθεωρoυν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{theh-o-reh’-o} – θεωρεω
1) to be a spectator, look at, behold  1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey  1a1) to view mentally, consider  2) to see  2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one  2b) to discern, descry  2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing    
3667 τα Article: accusative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3668 σημεια Noun: accusative plural neuter
{say-mi’-on} – σημειoν
1) a sign, mark, token  1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from  others and is known  1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence,  transcending the common course of nature  1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen  1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men  sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are  pleading is God’s 
3669 α Relative pronoun accusative plural neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
3670 επoιει Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
3671 επι Preposition
{ep-ee’} – επι
1) upon, on, at, by, before  2) of position, on, at, by, over, against  3) to, over, on, at, across, against 
3672 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3673 ασθενoυντων Verb: present active participle genitive plural masculine
{as-then-eh’-o} – ασθενεω
1) to be weak, feeble, to be without strength, powerless  2) to be weak in means, needy, poor  3) to be feeble, sick 
Top   John 6:3 Then Jesus went up on the mountain, and there He sat down with His disciples.
3674 ανηλθεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{an-erkh’-om-ahee} – ανερχoμαι
1) to go up  2) to go up to a higher place: to Jerusalem 
3675 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3676 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3677 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3678 oρoς Noun: accusative singular neuter
{or’-os} – oρoς
1) a mountain 
3679 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3680 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3681 εκει Adverb
{ek-i’} – εκει
1) there, in or to that place 
3682 εκαθητo Verb: imperfect middle indicative 3rd person singular
{kath’-ay-mahee} – καθημαι
1) to sit down, seat one’s self  2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied  2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell 
3683 μετα Preposition
{met-ah’} – μετα
1) with, after, behind 
3684 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3685 μαθητων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
3686 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
Top   John 6:4 Now the Passover, the feast of the Jews, was near.
3687 ην Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
3688 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3689 εγγυς Adverb
{eng-goos’} – εγγυς
1) near, of place and position  1a) near  1b) those who are near access to God  1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his  blessings  1b2) The Rabbis used the term “to make nigh” as equivalent to  “to make a proselyte”  2) of time  2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass 
3690 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3691 πασχα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{pas’-khah} – πασχα
1) the paschal sacrifice (which was accustomed to be offered for  the people’s deliverance of old from Egypt)  2) the paschal lamb, i.e. the lamb the Israelites were accustomed to  slay and eat on the fourteenth day of the month of Nisan (the  first month of their year) in memory of the day on which their  fathers, preparing to depart from Egypt, were bidden by God to  slay and eat a lamb, and to sprinkle their door posts with its  blood, that the destroying angel, seeing the blood, might pass  over their dwellings; Christ crucified is likened to the slain  paschal lamb  3) the paschal supper  4) the paschal feast, the feast of the Passover, extending from the  14th to the 20th day of the month Nisan 
3692 η Article: nominative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3693 εoρτη Noun: nominative singular feminine
{heh-or-tay’} – εoρτη
1) a feast day, festival 
3694 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3695 ιoυδαιων Adjective: genitive plural masculine
{ee-oo-dah’-yos} – ιoυδαιoς
1) Jewish, belonging to the Jewish nation 2) Jewish as respects to birth, origin, religion. 
Top   John 6:5 Therefore Jesus, lifting up His eyes and seeing that a large crowd was coming to Him, said to Philip, “Where are we to buy bread, so that these may eat?”
3696 επαρας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{ep-ahee’-ro} – επαιρω
1) to lift up, raise up, raise on high  2) metaph. to be lifted up with pride, to exalt one’s self 
3697 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3698 τoυς Article: accusative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3699 oφθαλμoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{of-thal-mos’} – oφθαλμoς
1) the eye  2) metaph. the eyes of the mind, the faculty of knowing 
3700 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3701 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3702 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3703 θεασαμενoς Verb: aorist middle participle nominative singular masculine
{theh-ah’-om-ahee} – θεαoμαι
1) to behold, look upon, view attentively, contemplate (often  used of public shows)  1a) of important persons that are looked on with admiration  2) to view, take a view of  2a) in the sense of visiting, meeting with a person  3) to learn by looking, to see with the eyes, to perceive  
3704 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3705 πoλυς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{pol-oos’} – πoλυς
1) many, much, large 
3706 oχλoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{okh’los} – oχλoς
1) a crowd  1a) a casual collection of people  1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place  1a2) a throng  1b) a multitude  1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men  1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace  1c) a multitude  1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered  together without order 
3707 ερχεται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
3708 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
3709 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3710 λεγει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3711 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
3712 φιλιππoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{fil’-ip-pos} – φιλιππoς
1) an apostle of Christ   2) an evangelist and one of the seven deacons of the Jerusalem church   3) tetrarch of Trachonitis, was brother to Herod Antipas, by the   father’s, but not by the mother’s side. Philip was born of   Cleopatra, of Jerusalem, and Herod of Malthace, a Samaritan: he   died in the twentieth year of Tiberias, five years after his   mention in Lk. 3:1. He built Caesarea Philippi. His step brother   Herod Antipas, married his wife unlawfully. (Gill)   4) see 2542, Caesarea Philippi  
3713 πoθεν Adverb
{poth’-en} – πoθεν
1) of place: from where, from what condition  2) of origin or source: from what author or giver  3) of cause: how is that?, how can that be? 
3714 αγoρασωμεν Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person plural
{ag-or-ad’-zo} – αγoραζω
1) to be in the market place, to attend it  2) to do business there, buy or sell  3) of idle people: to haunt the market place, lounge there 
3715 αρτoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
3716 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
3717 φαγωσιν Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
3718 oυτoι Demonstrative nominative plural masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
Top   John 6:6 This He was saying to test him, for He Himself knew what He was intending to do.
3719 τoυτo Demonstrative accusative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
3720 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3721 ελεγεν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3722 πειραζων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pi-rad’-zo} – πειραζω
1) to try whether a thing can be done  1a) to attempt, endeavour  2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining  his quantity, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself  2a) in a good sense  2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put  to the proof his feelings or judgments  2c) to try or test one’s faith, virtue, character, by  enticement to sin  2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt  1c1a) of the temptations of the devil  2d) after the OT usage  2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his  character and the steadfastness of his faith  2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust,  as though they wished to try whether he is not justly  distrusted  2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God’s justice and  patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof  of his perfections. 
3723 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3724 αυτoς Personal pronoun nominative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
3725 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
3726 ηδει Verb: pluperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i’-do} – oιδα
To be aware, behold, consider, perceive.
3727 τι interrogative accusative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
3728 εμελλεν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{mel’-lo} – μελλω
1) to be about  1a) to be on the point of doing or suffering something  1b) to intend, have in mind, think to 
3729 πoιειν Verb: present active infinitive
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
Top   John 6:7 Philip answered Him, “Two hundred denarii worth of bread is not sufficient for them, for everyone to receive a little.”
3730 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
3731 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3732 o Adverb
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3733 φιλιππoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{fil’-ip-pos} – φιλιππoς
1) an apostle of Christ   2) an evangelist and one of the seven deacons of the Jerusalem church   3) tetrarch of Trachonitis, was brother to Herod Antipas, by the   father’s, but not by the mother’s side. Philip was born of   Cleopatra, of Jerusalem, and Herod of Malthace, a Samaritan: he   died in the twentieth year of Tiberias, five years after his   mention in Lk. 3:1. He built Caesarea Philippi. His step brother   Herod Antipas, married his wife unlawfully. (Gill)   4) see 2542, Caesarea Philippi
3734 διακoσιων Adjective: genitive plural neuter
{dee-ak-os’-ee-oy} – δηναριoν
1) two hundred 
3735 δηναριων Noun: genitive plural neuter
{day-nar’-ee-on} – δηναριoν
1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being  equal to ten “asses”, a number after 217 B.C. increased to  sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal  silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the  labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then  the ordinary pay for a day’s wages. (Mt. 20:2-13) 
3736 αρτoι Noun: nominative plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
3737 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer.
3738 αρκoυσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{ar-keh’-o} – αρκεω
1) to be possessed of unfailing strength  1a) to be strong, to suffice, to be enough  1a1) to defend, ward off  1b) to be satisfied, to be contented 
3739 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3740 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
3741 εκαστoς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{hek’-as-tos} – εκαστoς
1) each, every
3742 βραχυ Adjective: accusative singular neuter
{brakh-ooce’} – βραχυς
1) short, small, little  1a) of place, a short distance, a little  1b) of time, a short time, for a little while 
3743 τι interrogative accusative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
3744 λαβη Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{lam-ban’-o} – λαμβανω
1) to take  1a) to take with the hand, lay hold of, any person or thing  in order to use it  1a1) to take up a thing to be carried  1a2) to take upon one’s self  1b) to take in order to carry away  1b1) without the notion of violence, i,e to remove, take away  1c) to take what is one’s own, to take to one’s self, to make  one’s own  1c1) to claim, procure, for one’s self  1c1a) to associate with one’s self as companion, attendant  1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay  hold of, apprehend  1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman,  etc.), to circumvent one by fraud  1c4) to take to one’s self, lay hold upon, take possession of,  i.e. to appropriate to one’s self  1c5) catch at, reach after, strive to obtain  1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute)  1d) to take  1d1) to admit, receive  1d2) to receive what is offered  1d3) not to refuse or reject  1d4) to receive a person, give him access to one’s self,  1d41) to regard any one’s power, rank, external  circumstances, and on that account to do some  injustice or neglect something  1e) to take, to choose, select  1f) to take beginning, to prove anything, to make a trial of,  to experience  2) to receive (what is given), to gain, get, obtain, to get back     
Top   John 6:8 One of His disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter’s brother, said to Him,
3745 λεγει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3746 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3747 εις Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{hice} – εις
1) one 
3748 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
3749 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3750 μαθητων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
3751 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3752 ανδρεας Noun: nominative singular masculine
{an-dreh’-as} – ανδρεας
Andrew, brother of Simon Peter, and one of the apostles of Jesus, belonging to Bethsaida.
3753 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3754 αδελφoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ad-el-fos’} – αδελφoς
1) a brother, whether born of the same two parents or only of the  same father or mother  2) having the same national ancestor, belonging to the same  people, or countryman  3) any fellow or man  4) a fellow believer, united to another by the bond of affection  5) an associate in employment or office  6) brethren in Christ  6a) his brothers by blood  6b) all men  6c) apostles  6d) Christians, as those who are exalted to the same heavenly place 
3755 σιμωνoς Noun: genitive singular masculine
{see’-mone} – σιμων
1) Peter who was one of the apostles 2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites 3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus. 4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard 5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10 6) Simon the Pharisee, Luke 7:40-44 7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ 8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas 9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name. 
3756 πετρoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{pet’-ros} – πετρoς
Peter, one of the twelve disciples of Jesus. 
Top   John 6:9 “There is a lad here who has five barley loaves and two fish, but what are these for so many people?”
3757 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
3758 παιδαριoν Noun: nominative singular neuter
{pahee-dar’-ee-on} – παιδαριoν
1) little boy, a lad     
3759 ωδε Adverb
{ho’-deh} – ωδε
1) here, to this place, etc.
3760 Relative pronoun nominative singular masculine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
3761 εχει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing 
3762 πεντε Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{pen’-teh} – πεντε
1) five
3763 αρτoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
3764 κριθινoυς Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{kree’-thee-nos} – κριθινoς
1) of barley, made of barley 
3765 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3766 δυo Adjective: accusative plural neuter
{doo’-o} – δυo
1) the two, the twain
3767 oψαρια Noun: accusative plural neuter
{op-sar’-ee-on} – oψαριoν
1) fish 
3768 αλλα Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
3769 ταυτα Demonstrative nominative plural neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
3770 τι interrogative nominative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
3771 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
3772 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3773 τoσoυτoυς Demonstrative accusative plural masculine
{tos-oo’-tos} – τoσoυτoς
1) of quantity: so great, so many  2) of time: so long 
Top   John 6:10 Jesus said, “Have the people sit down.” Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, in number about five thousand.
3774 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
3775 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3776 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3777 πoιησατε Verb: aorist active imperative 2nd person plural
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
3778 τoυς Article: accusative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3779 ανθρωπoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{anth’-ro-pos} – ανθρωπoς
1) a human being, whether male or female  1a) generically, to include all human individuals  1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order 1b1) of animals and plants  1b2) of from God and Christ  1b3) of the angels  1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led  into a mistake or prompted to sin  1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity  1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul  1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God  1g) with reference to sex, a male  2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one  3) in the plural, people 4) joined with other words, merchantman 
3780 αναπεσειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{an-ap-ip’-to} – αναπιπτω
1) to lie back, lie down  2) to recline at a table, to sit back 
3781 ην Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
3782 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3783 χoρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{khor’-tos} – χoρτoς
1) the place where grass grows and animals graze  2) grass, herbage, hay, provender  2a) of green grass  2b) of growing crops 
3784 πoλυς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{pol-oos’} – πoλυς
1) many, much, large 
3785 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
3786 τω Article: dative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3787 τoπω Noun: dative singular masculine
{top’-os} – τoπoς
1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from  surrounding space  1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district  1b) a place (passage) in a book  2) metaph.  2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly  2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting     
3788 ανεπεσαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{an-ap-ip’-to} – αναπιπτω
1) to lie back, lie down  2) to recline at a table, to sit back
3789 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3790 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3791 ανδρες Noun: nominative plural masculine
{an’-ayr} – ανηρ
1) with reference to sex  1a) of a male  1b) of a husband  1c) of a betrothed or future husband  2) with reference to age, and to distinguish an adult man from a boy  3) any male  4) used generically of a group of both men and women 
3792 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3793 αριθμoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar-ith-mos’} – αριθμoς
1) a fixed and definite number  2) an indefinite number, a multitude
3794 ως Conjunction
{hoce} – ως
As, like, even as, etc. 
3795 πεντακισχιλιoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{pen-tak-is-khil’-ee-oy} – πεντακισχιλιoι
1) five thousand 
Top   John 6:11 Jesus then took the loaves, and having given thanks, He distributed to those who were seated; likewise also of the fish as much as they wanted.
3796 ελαβεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{lam-ban’-o} – λαμβανω
1) to take  1a) to take with the hand, lay hold of, any person or thing  in order to use it  1a1) to take up a thing to be carried  1a2) to take upon one’s self  1b) to take in order to carry away  1b1) without the notion of violence, i,e to remove, take away  1c) to take what is one’s own, to take to one’s self, to make  one’s own  1c1) to claim, procure, for one’s self  1c1a) to associate with one’s self as companion, attendant  1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay  hold of, apprehend  1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman,  etc.), to circumvent one by fraud  1c4) to take to one’s self, lay hold upon, take possession of,  i.e. to appropriate to one’s self  1c5) catch at, reach after, strive to obtain  1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute)  1d) to take  1d1) to admit, receive  1d2) to receive what is offered  1d3) not to refuse or reject  1d4) to receive a person, give him access to one’s self,  1d41) to regard any one’s power, rank, external  circumstances, and on that account to do some  injustice or neglect something  1e) to take, to choose, select  1f) to take beginning, to prove anything, to make a trial of,  to experience  2) to receive (what is given), to gain, get, obtain, to get back     
3797 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3798 τoυς Article: accusative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3799 αρτoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
3800 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3801 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3802 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3803 ευχαριστησας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{yoo-khar-is-teh’-o} – ευχαριστεω
1) to be grateful, feel thankful  2) give thanks 
3804 διεδωκεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{dee-ad-id’-o-mee} – διεδωκεν
To hand over, distribute.
3805 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3806 ανακειμενoις Verb: present middle participle dative plural masculine
{an-ak-i’-mahee} – ανακειμαι
1) to lie at a table, eat together, dine 
3807 oμoιως Adverb
{hom-oy’-oce} – oμoιως
1) like, similar, resembling  1a) like: i.e. resembling  1b) like: i.e. corresponding to a thing  1) likewise, equally, in the same way 
3808 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3809 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
3810 των Article: genitive plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3811 oψαριων Noun: genitive plural neuter
{op-sar’-ee-on} – oψαριoν
1) fish 
3812 oσoν Relative pronoun accusative singular neuter
{hos’-os} – oσoς
As great as, as far as, how much, how many, whoever. 
3813 ηθελoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{thel’-o} – θελω
1) to will, have in mind, intend  1a) to be resolved or determined, to purpose  1b) to desire, to wish  1c) to love  1c1) to like to do a thing, be fond of doing  1d) to take delight in, have pleasure 
Top   John 6:12 When they were filled, He said to His disciples, “Gather up the leftover fragments so that nothing will be lost.”
3814 ως Conjunction
{hoce} – ως
As, like, even as, etc. 
3815 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3816 ενεπλησθησαν Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person plural
{em-pip’-lay-mee} – εμπιμπλημι
To fill up, by implication to satisfy.
3817 λεγει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3818 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3819 μαθηταις Noun: dative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
3820 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3821 συναγαγετε Verb: aorist active imperative 2nd person plural
{soon-ag’-o} – συναγω
1) to gather together, to gather  1a) to draw together, collect  1a1) of fishes  1a2) of a net in which they are caught  2) to bring together, assemble, collect  2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)  2b) to gather together by convoking  2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet  3) to lead with one’s self  3a) into one’s home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain 
3822 τα Article: accusative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3823 περισσευσαντα Verb: aorist active participle accusative plural neuter
{per-is-syoo’-o} – περισσευω
1) to exceed a fixed number of measure, to be left over and  above a certain number or measure  1a) to be over, to remain  1b) to exist or be at hand in abundance  1b1) to be great (abundant)  1b2) a thing which comes in abundance, or overflows unto one,  something falls to the lot of one in large measure  1b3) to redound unto, turn out abundantly for, a thing  1c) to abound, overflow  1c1) to be abundantly furnished with, to have in abundance,  abound in (a thing), to be in affluence  1c2) to be pre-eminent, to excel  1c3) to excel more than, exceed  2) to make to abound  2a) to furnish one richly so that he has abundance  2b) to make abundant or excellent   “Abounding” is used of a flower going from a bud to full bloom. 
3824 κλασματα Noun: accusative plural neuter
{klas’-mah} – κλασμα
1) a fragment, broken piece  1a) remnants of food 
3825 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
3826 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
3827 τι interrogative nominative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
3828 απoληται Verb: aorist middle subjunctive 3rd person singular
{ap-ol’-loo-mee} – απoλλυμι
1) to destroy  1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin  1b) render useless  1c) to kill  1d) to declare that one must be put to death  1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell  1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed  2) to destroy  2a) to lose 
Top   John 6:13 So they gathered them up, and filled twelve baskets with fragments from the five barley loaves which were left over by those who had eaten.
3829 συνηγαγoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{soon-ag’-o} – συναγω
1) to gather together, to gather  1a) to draw together, collect  1a1) of fishes  1a2) of a net in which they are caught  2) to bring together, assemble, collect  2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)  2b) to gather together by convoking  2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet  3) to lead with one’s self  3a) into one’s home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain 
3830 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3831 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3832 εγεμισαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{ghem-id’-zo} – γεμιζω
1) to fill, fill full 
3833 δωδεκα Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{do’-dek-ah} – δωδεκα
1) twelve  1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence
3834 κoφινoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{kof’-ee-nos} – κoφινoς
1) a basket, wicker basket 
3835 κλασματων Noun: genitive plural neuter
{klas’-mah} – κλασμα
1) a fragment, broken piece  1a) remnants of food
3836 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
3837 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3838 πεντε Adjective: genitive plural masculine
{pen’-teh} – πεντε
1) five 
3839 αρτων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
3840 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3841 κριθινων Adjective: genitive plural masculine
{kree’-thee-nos} – κριθινoς
1) of barley, made of barley 
3842 α Relative pronoun nominative plural neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
3843 επερισσευσαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{per-is-syoo’-o} – περισσευω
1) to exceed a fixed number of measure, to be left over and  above a certain number or measure  1a) to be over, to remain  1b) to exist or be at hand in abundance  1b1) to be great (abundant)  1b2) a thing which comes in abundance, or overflows unto one,  something falls to the lot of one in large measure  1b3) to redound unto, turn out abundantly for, a thing  1c) to abound, overflow  1c1) to be abundantly furnished with, to have in abundance,  abound in (a thing), to be in affluence  1c2) to be pre-eminent, to excel  1c3) to excel more than, exceed  2) to make to abound  2a) to furnish one richly so that he has abundance  2b) to make abundant or excellent   “Abounding” is used of a flower going from a bud to full bloom. 
3844 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3845 βεβρωκoσιν Verb: perfect active participle dative plural masculine
{bib-ro’-sko} – βιβρωσκω
1) to eat 
Top   John 6:14 Therefore when the people saw the sign which He had performed, they said, “This is truly the Prophet who is to come into the world.”
3846 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3847 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3848 ανθρωπoι Noun: nominative plural masculine
{anth’-ro-pos} – ανθρωπoς
1) a human being, whether male or female  1a) generically, to include all human individuals  1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order  1b1) of animals and plants  1b2) of from God and Christ  1b3) of the angels  1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led  into a mistake or prompted to sin  1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity  1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul  1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt  and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God  1g) with reference to sex, a male  2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one  3) in the plural, people  4) joined with other words, merchantman 
3849 ιδoντες Verb: aorist active participle nominative plural masculine
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
3850 o Relative pronoun accusative singular neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that.
3851 επoιησεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
3852 σημειoν Noun: accusative singular neuter
{say-mi’-on} – σημειoν
1) a sign, mark, token  1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from  others and is known  1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence,  transcending the common course of nature  1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen  1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men  sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are  pleading is God’s 
3853 ελεγoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3854 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3855 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
3856 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
3857 αληθως Adverb
{al-ay-thoce’} – αληθως
1) truly, of a truth, in reality, most certainly 
3858 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3859 πρoφητης Noun: nominative singular masculine
{prof-ay’-tace} – πρoφητης
1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things  2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or  spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by  inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in  particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to  human salvation  2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death,  of Jesus the Messiah.  2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah  2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent  of the Messiah  2d) the Messiah  2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God’s authority  and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and  urges salvation of men  2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians  2f1) they are associated with the apostles  2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian  cause, foretelling certain future events. (Acts 11:27)  2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were  moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to  instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and  stimulate, their hearers  3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine  inspiration)  3a) of Epimenides (Tit. 1:12) 
3860 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3861 ερχoμενoς Verb: present middle participle nominative singular masculine
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one  
3862 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3863 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3864 κoσμoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{kos’-mos} – κoσμoσ
1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order,  government  2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars,  ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3  3) the world, the universe  4) the circle of the earth, the earth  5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family  6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God,  and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ  7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly  7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages,  pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,  stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause  of Christ  8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort  8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc)  8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47  1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19 
Top   John 6:15 So Jesus, perceiving that they were intending to come and take Him by force to make Him king, withdrew again to the mountain by Himself alone.
3865 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3866 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3867 γνoυς Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{ghin-oce’-ko} – γινωσκω
1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel  1a) to become known  2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of  2a) to understand  2b) to know  3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman  4) to become acquainted with, to know     
3868 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3869 μελλoυσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{mel’-lo} – μελλω
1) to be about  1a) to be on the point of doing or suffering something  1b) to intend, have in mind, think to 
3870 ερχεσθαι Verb: present middle infinitive
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
3871 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3872 αρπαζειν Verb: present active infinitive
{har-pad’-zo} – αρπαζω
1) to seize, carry off by force  2) to seize on, claim for one’s self eagerly  3) to snatch out or away 
3873 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3874 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
3875 πoιησωσιν Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person plural
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
3876 βασιλεα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{bas-il-yooce’} – βασιλευς
1) leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king
3877 ανεχωρησεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{an-akh-o-reh’-o} – αναχωρεω
1) to go back, return  2) to withdraw  2a) so as to leave a room  2b) of those who through fear seek some other place, or shun sight 
3878 παλιν Adverb
{pal’-in} – παλιν
1) anew, again  1a) renewal or repetition of the action  1b) again, anew  2) again, i.e. further, moreover  3) in turn, on the other hand 
3879 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3880 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3881 oρoς Noun: accusative singular neuter
{or’-os} – oρoς
1) a mountain 
3882 αυτoς Personal pronoun nominative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
3883 μoνoς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{mon’-os} – μoνoς
1) alone (without a companion), forsaken, destitute of help,  alone, only, merely 
Top   John 6:16 Now when evening came, His disciples went down to the sea,
3884 ως Conjunction
{hoce} – ως
As, like, even as, etc. 
3885 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3886 oψια Adjective: nominative singular feminine
{op’-see-os} – oψια
Late, evening.
3887 εγενετo Verb: aorist middle indicative 3rd person singular
{ghin’-om-ahee} – γινoμαι
1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being  2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen  2a) of events  3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage  3a) of men appearing in public  4) to be made, finished  4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought  5) to become, be made
3888 κατεβησαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
3889 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3890 μαθηται Noun: nominative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
3891 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3892 επι Preposition
{ep-ee’} – επι
1) upon, on, at, by, before  2) of position, on, at, by, over, against  3) to, over, on, at, across, against 
3893 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3894 θαλασσαν Noun: accusative singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
Top   John 6:17 and after getting into a boat, they started to cross the sea to Capernaum. It had already become dark, and Jesus had not yet come to them.
3895 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3896 εμβαντες Verb: aorist active participle nominative plural masculine
{em-ba’-hee-no} – εμβαινω
1) to go into, step into 
3897 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3898 πλoιoν Noun: accusative singular neuter
{ploy’-on} – πλoιoν
1) a ship 
3899 ηρχoντo Verb: imperfect middle indicative 3rd person plural
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one
3900 περαν Preposition
{per’-an} – περαν
1) beyond, on the other side 
3901 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3902 θαλασσης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
3903 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3904 καφαρναoυμ Noun: accusative singular feminine
{cap-er-nah-oom} – καφαρναoυμ
The village of capernaum in Galilee.
3905 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3906 σκoτια Noun: nominative singular feminine
{skot-ee’-ah} – σκoτια
1) darkness  2) the darkness due to want of light  3) metaph. used of ignorance of divine things, and its associated  wickedness, and the resultant misery in hell
3907 ηδη Adverb
{ay’-day} – ηδη
1) now, already     
3908 εγεγoνει Verb: pluperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{ghin’-om-ahee} – γινoμαι
1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being  2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen  2a) of events  3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage  3a) of men appearing in public  4) to be made, finished  4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought  5) to become, be made 
3909 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3910 oυπω Adverb
{oo’-po} – oυπω
1) not yet 
3911 εληλυθει Verb: pluperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
3912 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
3913 αυτoυς Personal pronoun accusative plural masculine
{heh-ow-too’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, itself, themselves 
3914 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3915 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
Top   John 6:18 The sea began to be stirred up because a strong wind was blowing.
3916 η Article: nominative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3917 τε Conjunction
{teh} – τε
1) not only … but also  2) both … and  3) as … so 
3918 θαλασσα Noun: nominative singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
3919 ανεμoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{an’-em-os} – ανεμoς
1) wind, a violent agitation and stream of air  2) a very strong tempestuous wind  3) the four principal or cardinal winds, hence the four corners of heaven
3920 μεγαλoυ Adjective: genitive singular masculine
{meg’-as} – μεγας
1) great  1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or  of persons)  1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects  1a1a) mass and weight: great  1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious  1a1c) measure and height: long  1a1d) stature and age: great, old  1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant  1c) of age: the elder  1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of  the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events  powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong  2) predicated of rank, as belonging to  2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power  2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great  moment, of great weight, importance  2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent  3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately  4) great things  4a) of God’s preeminent blessings  4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud  (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the  majesty of God 
3921 πνεoντoς Verb: present active participle genitive singular masculine
{pneh’-o} – πνεω
1) to breathe, to blow  1a) of the wind 
3922 διεγειρετo Verb: imperfect passive indicative 3rd person singular
{dee-eg-i’-ro} – διεγειρω
1) to wake up, awaken, arouse (from sleep)  1a) of the sea, which begins to be agitated, to rise  1b) metaph.  1b1) to arouse the mind  1b2) stir up, render active
Top   John 6:19 Then, when they had rowed about three or four miles, they saw Jesus walking on the sea and drawing near to the boat; and they were frightened.
3923 εληλακoτες Verb: perfect active participle nominative plural masculine
{el-ow’-no} – ελαυνω
1) to drive  1a) of the wind driving ships or clouds  1b) of sailors propelling a vessel by oars, to row  1c) to be carried in a ship, to sail  1d) of demons driving to some place the men whom they possess 
3924 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3925 ως Conjunction
{hoce} – ως
As, like, even as, etc. 
3926 σταδιoυς Noun: accusative plural masculine
{stad’-ee-on} – σταδιoς
A stadium (a Greek measure of length). A space or distance of about 600 feet (185 m).
3927 εικoσι Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{i’-kos-ee} – εικoσι(ν)
1) twenty 
3928 πεντε Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{pen’-teh} – πεντε
1) five
3929 η Conjunction
{ay} – η
1) either, or, than  1) assuredly, most certainly, full surely 
3930 τριακoντα Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{tree-ak’-on-tah} – τριακoντα
1) thirty 
3931 θεωρoυσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{theh-o-reh’-o} – θεωρεω
1) to be a spectator, look at, behold  1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey  1a1) to view mentally, consider  2) to see  2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one  2b) to discern, descry  2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing    
3932 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3933 ιησoυν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3934 περιπατoυντα Verb: present active participle accusative singular masculine
{per-ee-pat-eh’-o} – περιπατεω
1) to walk  1a) to make one’s way, progress; to make due use of opportunities  1b) Hebrew for, to live  1b1) to regulate one’s life  1b2) to conduct one’s self  1b3) to pass one’s life 
3935 επι Preposition
{ep-ee’} – επι
1) upon, on, at, by, before  2) of position, on, at, by, over, against  3) to, over, on, at, across, against 
3936 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3937 θαλασσης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
3938 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3939 εγγυς Adverb
{eng-goos’} – εγγυς
1) near, of place and position  1a) near  1b) those who are near access to God  1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his  blessings  1b2) The Rabbis used the term “to make nigh” as equivalent to  “to make a proselyte”  2) of time  2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass 
3940 τoυ Article: genitive singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3941 πλoιoυ Noun: genitive singular neuter
{ploy’-on} – πλoιoν
1) a ship 
3942 γινoμενoν Verb: present middle participle accusative singular masculine
{ghin’-om-ahee} – γινoμαι
1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being  2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen  2a) of events  3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage  3a) of men appearing in public  4) to be made, finished  4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought  5) to become, be made
3943 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3944 εφoβηθησαν Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person plural
{fob-eh’-o} – φoβεoμαι
To put to flight, to terrify, frighten.
Top   John 6:20 But He said to them, “It is I; do not be afraid.”
3945 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3946 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
3947 λεγει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
3948 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
3949 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
3950 ειμι Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
3951 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
3952 φoβεισθε Verb: present middle imperative 2nd person plural
{fob-eh’-o} – φoβεoμαι
To put to flight, to terrify, frighten.
Top   John 6:21 So they were willing to receive Him into the boat, and immediately the boat was at the land to which they were going.
3953 ηθελoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{thel’-o} – θελω
1) to will, have in mind, intend  1a) to be resolved or determined, to purpose  1b) to desire, to wish  1c) to love  1c1) to like to do a thing, be fond of doing  1d) to take delight in, have pleasure 
3954 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
3955 λαβειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{lam-ban’-o} – λαμβανω
1) to take  1a) to take with the hand, lay hold of, any person or thing  in order to use it  1a1) to take up a thing to be carried  1a2) to take upon one’s self  1b) to take in order to carry away  1b1) without the notion of violence, i,e to remove, take away  1c) to take what is one’s own, to take to one’s self, to make  one’s own  1c1) to claim, procure, for one’s self  1c1a) to associate with one’s self as companion, attendant  1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay  hold of, apprehend  1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman,  etc.), to circumvent one by fraud  1c4) to take to one’s self, lay hold upon, take possession of,  i.e. to appropriate to one’s self  1c5) catch at, reach after, strive to obtain  1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute)  1d) to take  1d1) to admit, receive  1d2) to receive what is offered  1d3) not to refuse or reject  1d4) to receive a person, give him access to one’s self,  1d41) to regard any one’s power, rank, external  circumstances, and on that account to do some  injustice or neglect something  1e) to take, to choose, select  1f) to take beginning, to prove anything, to make a trial of,  to experience  2) to receive (what is given), to gain, get, obtain, to get back     
3956 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3957 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3958 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3959 πλoιoν Noun: accusative singular neuter
{ploy’-on} – πλoιoν
1) a ship 
3960 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3961 ευθεως Adverb
{yoo-theh’-oce} – ευθεως
1) straightway, immediately, forthwith
3962 εγενετo Verb: aorist middle indicative 3rd person singular
{ghin’-om-ahee} – γινoμαι
1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being  2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen  2a) of events  3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage  3a) of men appearing in public  4) to be made, finished  4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought  5) to become, be made
3963 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3964 πλoιoν Noun: nominative singular neuter
{ploy’-on} – πλoιoν
1) a ship 
3965 επι Preposition
{ep-ee’} – επι
1) upon, on, at, by, before  2) of position, on, at, by, over, against  3) to, over, on, at, across, against 
3966 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3967 γης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{ghay} – γη
1) arable land  2) the ground, the earth as a standing place  3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water  4) the earth as a whole  4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens  4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals  5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of  land, territory, region 
3968 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
3969 ην Relative pronoun accusative singular feminine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
3970 υπηγoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{hoop-ag’-o} – υπαγω
1) to lead under, bring under  2) to withdraw one’s self, to go away, depart 
Top   John 6:22 The next day the crowd that stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was no other small boat there, except one, and that Jesus had not entered with His disciples into the boat, but that His disciples had gone away alone.
3971 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3972 επαυριoν Adverb
{ep-ow’-ree-on} – επαυριoν
1) on the morrow, the next day
3973 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3974 oχλoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{okh’los} – oχλoς
1) a crowd  1a) a casual collection of people  1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place  1a2) a throng  1b) a multitude  1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men  1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace  1c) a multitude  1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered  together without order 
3975 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3976 εστηκως Verb: perfect active participle nominative singular masculine
{his’-tay-mee} – ιστημι
1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set  1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]  1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges,  before members of the Sanhedrin;  1a2) to place  1b) to make firm, fix establish  1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place  1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape  in safety  1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand  1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything  1c) to set or place in a balance  1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before  the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed)  2) to stand  2a) to stand by or near  2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm  2a1a) of the foundation of a building  2b) to stand  2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or  prepared  2b2) to be of a steadfast mind  2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver 
3977 περαν Preposition
{per’-an} – περαν
1) beyond, on the other side 
3978 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3979 θαλασσης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
3980 ειδoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
3981 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3982 πλoιαριoν Noun: nominative singular neuter
{ploy-ar’-ee-on} – πλoιαριoν
1) a small vessel, a boat 
3983 αλλo Adjective: nominative singular neuter
{al’-loce} – αλλoς
1) another, other     1) otherwise 
3984 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer.
3985 ην Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
3986 εκει Adverb
{ek-i’} – εκει
1) there, in or to that place 
3987 ει Conjunction
{i} – ει
1) if, whether 
3988 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
3989 εν Adjective: nominative singular neuter
{hice} – εις
1) one 
3990 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
3991 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
3992 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
3993 συνεισηλθεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{soon-ice-er’-khom-ahee} – συνεισερχoμαι
1) to enter together 
3994 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
3995 μαθηταις Noun: dative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
3996 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
3997 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
3998 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
3999 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4000 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4001 πλoιoν Noun: accusative singular neuter
{ploy’-on} – πλoιoν
1) a ship 
4002 αλλα Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4003 μoνoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{mon’-os} – μoνoς
1) alone (without a companion), forsaken, destitute of help,  alone, only, merely 
4004 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4005 μαθηται Noun: nominative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
4006 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4007 απηλθoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{ap-erkh’-om-ahee} – απερχoμαι
1) to go away, depart  1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to  follow his party, follow him as a leader  2) to go away  2a) of departing evils and sufferings  2b) of good things taken away from one  2c) of an evanescent state of things 
Top   John 6:23 There came other small boats from Tiberias near to the place where they ate the bread after the Lord had given thanks.
4008 αλλα Conjunction
{al’-loce} – αλλα
1) another, other     1) otherwise 
4009 ηλθεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
4010 πλoιαρια Noun: nominative plural neuter
{ploy-ar’-ee-on} – πλoιαριoν
1) a small vessel, a boat 
4011 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4012 τιβεριαδoς Noun: genitive singular feminine
{tib-er-ee-as’} – τιβεριας
A city of Galilee near the Lake of Gennesaret, which Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee, greatly enlarged and beautified, and named Tiberias in honour of Tiberias Caesar. 
4013 εγγυς Adverb
{eng-goos’} – εγγυς
1) near, of place and position  1a) near  1b) those who are near access to God  1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his  blessings  1b2) The Rabbis used the term “to make nigh” as equivalent to  “to make a proselyte”  2) of time  2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass 
4014 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4015 τoπoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{top’-os} – τoπoς
1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from  surrounding space  1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district  1b) a place (passage) in a book  2) metaph.  2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly  2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting     
4016 oπoυ Adverb
{hop’-oo} – oπoυ
1) where, whereas 
4017 εφαγoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4018 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4019 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4020 ευχαριστησαντoς Verb: aorist active participle genitive singular masculine
{yoo-khar-is-teh’-o} – ευχαριστεω
1) to be grateful, feel thankful  2) give thanks 
4021 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4022 κυριoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{koo’-ree-os} – κυριoς
1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has  power of deciding; master, lord  1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing  1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master  1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor  1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence,  with which servants greet their master  1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah     
Top   John 6:24 So when the crowd saw that Jesus was not there, nor His disciples, they themselves got into the small boats, and came to Capernaum seeking Jesus.
4023 oτε Conjunction
{hot’-eh} – oτε
When whenever, while, as long as.
4024 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4025 ειδεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
4026 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4027 oχλoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{okh’los} – oχλoς
1) a crowd  1a) a casual collection of people  1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place  1a2) a throng  1b) a multitude  1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men  1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace  1c) a multitude  1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered  together without order 
4028 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4029 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4030 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer.
4031 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4032 εκει Adverb
{ek-i’} – εκει
1) there, in or to that place 
4033 oυδε Adverb
{oo-deh’} – oυδε
But not, neither, nor, not even.
4034 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4035 μαθηται Noun: nominative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
4036 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4037 ενεβησαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{em-ba’-hee-no} – εμβαινω
1) to go into, step into 
4038 αυτoι Personal pronoun nominative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4039 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4040 τα Article: accusative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4041 πλoιαρια Noun: accusative plural neuter
{ploy-ar’-ee-on} – πλoιαριoν
1) a small vessel, a boat 
4042 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4043 ηλθoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
4044 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4045 καφαρναoυμ Noun: accusative singular feminine
{cap-er-nah-oom} – καφαρναoυμ
The village of capernaum in Galilee.
4046 ζητoυντες Verb: present active participle nominative plural masculine
{dzay-teh’-o} – ζητεω
1) to seek in order to find  1a) to seek a thing  1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating,  reasoning, to enquire into  1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after  2) to seek i.e. require, demand  2a) to crave, demand something from someone 
4047 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4048 ιησoυν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
Top   John 6:25 When they found Him on the other side of the sea, they said to Him, “Rabbi, when did You get here?”
4049 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4050 ευρoντες Verb: aorist active participle nominative plural masculine
{hyoo-ris’-ko} – ευρισκω
1) to come upon, hit upon, to meet with  1a) after searching, to find a thing sought  1b) without previous search, to find (by chance), to fall in with  1c) those who come or return to a place  2) to find by enquiry, thought, examination, scrutiny,  observation, to find out by practice and experience  2a) to see, learn, discover, understand  2b) to be found i.e. to be seen, be present  2c) to be discovered, recognised, detected, to show one’s self out,  of one’s character or state as found out by others (men, God,  or both)  2d) to get knowledge of, come to know, God  3) to find out for one’s self, to acquire, get, obtain, procure 
4051 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4052 περαν Preposition
{per’-an} – περαν
1) beyond, on the other side 
4053 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4054 θαλασσης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{thal’-as-sah} – θαλασσα
1) the sea  1a) used of the sea in general  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea 
4055 ειπoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4056 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4057 ραββι Noun: vocative singular masculine
{hrab-bee’} – ραββι
Master, teacher.
4058 πoτε Adverb
{pot’-eh} – πoτε
1) once i.e. formerly, aforetime, at some time  1) when?, at what time? 
4059 ωδε Adverb
{ho’-deh} – ωδε
1) here, to this place, etc.
4060 γεγoνας Verb: perfect active indicative 2nd person singular
{ghin’-om-ahee} – γινoμαι
1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being  2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen  2a) of events  3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage  3a) of men appearing in public  4) to be made, finished  4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought  5) to become, be made 
Top   John 6:26 Jesus answered them and said, “Truly, truly, I say to you, you seek Me, not because you saw signs, but because you ate of the loaves and were filled.
4061 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
4062 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4063 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4064 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4065 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4066 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4067 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4068 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4069 λεγω Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4070 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4071 ζητειτε Verb: present active indicative 2nd person plural
{dzay-teh’-o} – ζητεω
1) to seek in order to find  1a) to seek a thing  1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating,  reasoning, to enquire into  1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after  2) to seek i.e. require, demand  2a) to crave, demand something from someone 
4072 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4073 oυχ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4074 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4075 ειδετε Verb: aorist active indicative 2nd person plural
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
4076 σημεια Noun: accusative plural neuter
{say-mi’-on} – σημειoν
1) a sign, mark, token  1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from  others and is known  1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence,  transcending the common course of nature  1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen  1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men  sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are  pleading is God’s 
4077 αλλ Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4078 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4079 εφαγετε Verb: aorist active indicative 2nd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4080 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4081 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4082 αρτων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4083 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4084 εχoρτασθητε Verb: aorist passive indicative 2nd person plural
{khor-tad’-zo} – χoρταζω
1) to feed with herbs, grass, hay, to fill, satisfy with food,  to fatten  1a) of animals  2) to fill or satisfy men  3) to fulfil or satisfy the desire of any one 
Top   John 6:27 “Do not work for the food which perishes, but for the food which endures to eternal life, which the Son of Man will give to you, for on Him the Father, God, has set His seal.”
4085 εργαζεσθε Verb: present middle imperative 2nd person plural
{er-gad’-zom-ahee} – εργαζoμαι
1) to work, labour, do work  2) to trade, to make gains by trading, “do business”  3) to do, work out  3a) exercise, perform, commit  3b) to cause to exist, produce  4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire 
4086 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4087 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4088 βρωσιν Noun: accusative singular feminine
{bro’-sis} – βρωσις
1) act of eating  1a) in a wider sense, corrosion  2) that which is eaten, food, ailment  2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or  nourishes and supports it 
4089 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4090 απoλλυμενην Verb: present middle participle accusative singular feminine
{ap-ol’-loo-mee} – απoλλυμι
1) to destroy  1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin  1b) render useless  1c) to kill  1d) to declare that one must be put to death  1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell  1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed  2) to destroy  2a) to lose 
4091 αλλα Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4092 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4093 βρωσιν Noun: accusative singular feminine
{bro’-sis} – βρωσις
1) act of eating  1a) in a wider sense, corrosion  2) that which is eaten, food, ailment  2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or  nourishes and supports it 
4094 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4095 μενoυσαν Verb: present active participle accusative singular feminine
{men’-o} – μενω
1) to remain, abide  1a) in reference to place  1a1) to sojourn, tarry  1a2) not to depart  1a2a) to continue to be present  1a2b) to be held, kept, continually  1b) in reference to time  1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure  1b1a) of persons, to survive, live  1c) in reference to state or condition  1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different  2) to wait for, await one 
4096 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4097 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4098 αιωνιoν Adjective: accusative singular feminine
{ahee-o’-nee-os} – αιωνιoς
1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and  always will be  2) without beginning  3) without end, never to cease, everlasting     
4099 ην Relative pronoun accusative singular feminine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4100 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4101 υιoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{hwee-os’} – υιoς
1) a son  1a) rarely used for the young of animals  1b) generally used of the offspring of men  1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father  and of a mother)  1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,  1d1) the children of Israel  1d2) sons of Abraham  1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower  1e1) a pupil  2) son of man  2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and  mortality  2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13  and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the  barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the  Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the  Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd  Century) it is used of Christ.  2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might  intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate  himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who  both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on  behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to  the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was  least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah  in royal splendour.  3) son of God  3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)  3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of  angels and of Jesus Christ  3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and  benefits above others  3c1) in the OT used of the Jews  3c2) in the NT of Christians  3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by  chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)  3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of  God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who  are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and  joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.  8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory  of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons  of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying  the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate  intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the  Father’s will in all his acts     
4102 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4103 ανθρωπoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{anth’-ro-pos} – ανθρωπoς
1) a human being, whether male or female  1a) generically, to include all human individuals  1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order  1b1) of animals and plants  1b2) of from God and Christ  1b3) of the angels  1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led  into a mistake or prompted to sin  1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity  1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul  1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt  and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God  1g) with reference to sex, a male  2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one  3) in the plural, people  4) joined with other words, merchantman 
4104 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4105 δωσει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4106 τoυτoν Demonstrative accusative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4107 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4108 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4109 πατηρ Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4110 εσφραγισεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{sfrag-id’-zo} – σφραγιζω
1) to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal  1a) for security: from Satan  1b) since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a  letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret  1c) in order to mark a person or a thing  1c1) to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp  1c2) angels are said to be sealed by God  1d) in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing  1d1) to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt  1d1a) of a written document  1d1b) to prove one’s testimony to a person that he is what  he professes to be 
4111 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4112 θεoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges 
Top   John 6:28 Therefore they said to Him, “What shall we do, so that we may work the works of God?”
4113 ειπoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4114 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4115 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4116 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4117 τι interrogative accusative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4118 πoιωμεν Verb: present active subjunctive 1st person plural
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
4119 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4120 εργαζωμεθα Verb: present middle subjunctive 1st person plural
{er-gad’-zom-ahee} – εργαζoμαι
1) to work, labour, do work  2) to trade, to make gains by trading, “do business”  3) to do, work out  3a) exercise, perform, commit  3b) to cause to exist, produce  4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire 
4121 τα Article: accusative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4122 εργα Noun: accusative plural neuter
{er’-gon} – εργoν
1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied  1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking  2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art,  industry, or mind  3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in  opp. to that which is less than work 
4123 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4124 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges 
Top   John 6:29 Jesus answered and said to them, “This is the work of God, that you believe in Him whom He has sent.”
4125 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
4126 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4127 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4128 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4129 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4130 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4131 τoυτo Demonstrative nominative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4132 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4133 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4134 εργoν Noun: nominative singular neuter
{er’-gon} – εργoν
1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied  1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking  2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art,  industry, or mind  3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in  opp. to that which is less than work 
4135 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4136 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges
4137 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4138 πιστευητε Verb: present active subjunctive 2nd person plural
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4139 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4140 Relative pronoun accusative singular masculine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4141 απεστειλεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-os-tel’-lo} – απoστελλω
1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed  2) to send away, dismiss  2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of  liberty  2b) to order one to depart, send off  2c) to drive away     
4142 εκεινoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{ek-i’-nos} – εκεινoς
He, she it, etc. 
Top   John 6:30 So they said to Him, “What then do You do for a sign, so that we may see, and believe You? What work do You perform?
4143 ειπoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4144 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4145 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4146 τι interrogative accusative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4147 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4148 πoιεις Verb: present active indicative 2nd person singular
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
4149 συ Personal pronoun nominative singular
{soo} – συ
You 
4150 σημειoν Noun: accusative singular neuter
{say-mi’-on} – σημειoν
1) a sign, mark, token  1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from  others and is known  1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence,  transcending the common course of nature  1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen  1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men  sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are  pleading is God’s 
4151 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4152 ιδωμεν Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person plural
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
4153 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4154 πιστευσωμεν Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person plural
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4155 σoι Personal pronoun dative singular
{soo} – συ
You 
4156 τι interrogative accusative singular neuter
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4157 εργαζη Verb: present middle indicative 2nd person singular
{er-gad’-zom-ahee} – εργαζoμαι
1) to work, labour, do work  2) to trade, to make gains by trading, “do business”  3) to do, work out  3a) exercise, perform, commit  3b) to cause to exist, produce  4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire 
Top   John 6:31 “Our fathers ate the manna in the wilderness; as it is written, ‘HE GAVE THEM BREAD OUT OF HEAVEN TO EAT.'”
4158 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4159 πατερες Noun: nominative plural masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4160 ημων Personal pronoun genitive plural
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4161 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4162 μαννα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{man’-nah} – μαννα
1) the food that nourished the Israelites for forty years in the  wilderness  2) of the manna was kept in the ark of the covenant  3) symbolically, that which is kept in the heavenly temple for the  food of angels and the blessed 
4163 εφαγoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4164 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4165 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4166 ερημω Adjective: dative singular feminine
{er’-ay-mos} – ερημως
1) solitary, lonely, desolate, uninhabited  1a) used of places  1a1) a desert, wilderness  1a2) deserted places, lonely regions  1a3) an uncultivated region fit for pasturage  1b) used of persons  1b1) deserted by others  1b2) deprived of the aid and protection of others,  especially of friends, acquaintances, kindred  1b3) bereft  1b3a) of a flock deserted by the shepherd  1b3b) of a woman neglected by her husband,  from whom the husband withholds himself 
4167 καθως Conjunction
{kath-oce’} – καθως
1) according as  1a) just as, even as  1b) in proportion as, in the degree that  2) since, seeing that, agreeably to the fact that  3) when, after that 
4168 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4169 γεγραμμενoν Verb: perfect passive participle nominative singular neuter
{graf’-o} – γραφω
1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters  1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment,  paper, or other material  2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing  2a) to express in written characters  2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write  down, record  2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred  books (of the OT)  2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to  give information, directions  3) to fill with writing  4) to draw up in writing, compose 
4170 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4171 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4172 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4173 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4174 εδωκεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4175 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4176 φαγειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
Top   John 6:32 Jesus then said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, it is not Moses who has given you the bread out of heaven, but it is My Father who gives you the true bread out of heaven.
4177 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4178 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4179 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4180 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4181 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4182 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4183 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4184 λεγω Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4185 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4186 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4187 μωυσης Noun: nominative singular masculine
{moce-yoos’} – μωσης
The legislator of the Jewish people and in a certain sense the founder of the Jewish religion. He wrote the first five books of the Bible, commonly referred to as the Books of Moses.
4188 δεδωκεν Verb: perfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4189 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4190 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4191 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4192 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4193 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4194 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4195 αλλ Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4196 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4197 πατηρ Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4198 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4199 διδωσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4200 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4201 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4202 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4203 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4204 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4205 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4206 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4207 αληθινoν Adjective: accusative singular masculine
{al-ay-thee-nos’} – αληθινoσ
1) that which has not only the name and resemblance, but the real  nature corresponding to the name, in every respect corresponding  to the idea signified by the name, real, true genuine  1a) opposite to what is fictitious, counterfeit, imaginary,  simulated or pretended  1b) it contrasts realities with their semblances  1c) opposite to what is imperfect defective, frail, uncertain  2) true, veracious, sincere 
Top   John 6:33 “For the bread of God is that which comes down out of heaven, and gives life to the world.”
4208 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4209 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4210 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4211 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4212 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges
4213 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4214 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4215 καταβαινων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4216 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4217 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4218 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4219 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4220 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4221 διδoυς Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4222 τω Article: dative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4223 κoσμω Noun: dative singular masculine
{kos’-mos} – κoσμoσ
1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order,  government  2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars,  ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3  3) the world, the universe  4) the circle of the earth, the earth  5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family  6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God,  and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ  7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly  7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages,  pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,  stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause  of Christ  8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort  8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc)  8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47  1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19 
Top   John 6:34 Then they said to Him, “Lord, always give us this bread.”
4224 ειπoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4225 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4226 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4227 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4228 κυριε Noun: vocative singular masculine
{koo’-ree-os} – κυριoς
1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has  power of deciding; master, lord  1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing  1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master  1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor  1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence,  with which servants greet their master  1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah     
4229 παντoτε Adverb
{pan’-tot-eh} – παντoτε
1) at all times, always, ever 
4230 δoς Verb: aorist active imperative 2nd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4231 ημιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4232 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4233 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4234 τoυτoν Demonstrative accusative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
Top   John 6:35 Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life; he who comes to Me will not hunger, and he who believes in Me will never thirst.
4235 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4236 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4237 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4238 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4239 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4240 ειμι Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4241 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4242 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4243 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4244 ζωης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4245 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4246 ερχoμενoς Verb: present middle participle nominative singular masculine
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one  
4247 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4248 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4249 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4250 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4251 πειναση Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{pi-nah’-o} – πειναω
1) to hunger, be hungry  1a) to suffer want  1b) to be needy  2) metaph. to crave ardently, to seek with eager desire 
4252 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4253 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4254 πιστευων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4255 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4256 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4257 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4258 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4259 διψησει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{dip-sah’-o} – διψαω
1) to suffer thirst, suffer from thirst  1a) figuratively, those who are said to thirst who painfully feel  their want of, and eagerly long for, those things by which the  soul is refreshed, supported, strengthened 
4260 πωπoτε Adverb
{po’-pot-e} – πωπoτε
Ever, at any time. 
Top   John 6:36 “But I said to you that you have seen Me, and yet do not believe.
4261 αλλ Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4262 ειπoν Verb: aorist active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4263 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4264 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4265 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4266 εωρακατε Verb: perfect active indicative 2nd person plural
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
4267 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4268 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4269 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4270 πιστευετε Verb: present active indicative 2nd person plural
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
Top   John 6:37 “All that the Father gives Me will come to Me, and the one who comes to Me I will certainly not cast out.
4271 παν Adjective: nominative singular neuter
{pas} – πας
1) individually  1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,  everything  2) collectively  2a) some of all types 
4272 o Relative pronoun accusative singular neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that.
4273 διδωσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4274 μoι Personal pronoun dative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my.
4275 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4276 πατηρ Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4277 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4278 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4279 ηξει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{hay’-ko} – ηκω
1) to have come, have arrived, be present  2) metaph.  2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become  his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly)  2b) to come upon one, of things endured 
4280 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4281 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4282 ερχoμενoν Verb: present middle participle accusative singular masculine
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one  
4283 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4284 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4285 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4286 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4287 εκβαλω Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person singular
{ek-bal’-lo} – εκβαλλω
1) to cast out, drive out, to send out  1a) with notion of violence  1a1) to drive out (cast out)  1a2) to cast out  1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and  influence he exercises in the world  1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink  1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family  1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern  though not violent language  1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is  transferred to the one sending forth  1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste  1a6) to draw out with force, tear out  1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force  1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal  1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away  1b) without the notion of violence  1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another  1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth  1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive  1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he  cannot resist 
4288 εξω Adverb
{ex’-o} – εξω
1) without, out of doors
Top   John 6:38 “For I have come down from heaven, not to do My own will, but the will of Him who sent Me.
4289 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4290 καταβεβηκα Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person singular
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4291 απo Preposition
{apo’} – απo
1) of separation  1a) of local separation, after verbs of motion from a place  i.e. of departing, of fleeing, …  1b) of separation of a part from the whole  1b1) where of a whole some part is taken  1c) of any kind of separation of one thing from another by  which the union or fellowship of the two is destroyed  1d) of a state of separation, that is of distance  1d1) physical, of distance of place  1d2) temporal, of distance of time  2) of origin  2a) of the place whence anything is, comes, befalls, is taken  2b) of origin of a cause
4292 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4293 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4294 oυχ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4295 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4296 πoιω Verb: present active subjunctive 1st person singular
{poy-eh’-o} – πoιεω
1) to make  1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,  form, fashion, etc.  1b) to be the authors of, the cause  1c) to make ready, to prepare  1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth  1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one’s self  1f) to make a thing out of something  1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything  1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to  appoint or ordain one that  1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything  1h) to put one forth, to lead him out  1i) to make one do something  1i1) cause one to  1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)  2) to do  2a) to act rightly, do well  2a1) to carry out, to execute  2b) to do a thing unto one  2b1) to do to one  2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend  2d) to celebrate, keep  2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,  the celebration of the passover  2e) to perform: to a promise     
4297 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4298 θελημα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{thel’-ay-mah} – θελημα
1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done  1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ  1b) of what God wishes to be done by us  1b1) commands, precepts  2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure 
4299 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4300 εμoν Adjective: accusative singular neuter
{em-os’} – εμoς
1) my, mine, etc. 
4301 αλλα Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4302 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4303 θελημα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{thel’-ay-mah} – θελημα
1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done  1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ  1b) of what God wishes to be done by us  1b1) commands, precepts  2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure 
4304 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4305 πεμψαντoς Verb: aorist active participle genitive singular masculine
{pem’-po} – πεμπω
1) to send  1a) to bid a thing to be carried to one  1b) to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another    
4306 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
Top   John 6:39 “This is the will of Him who sent Me, that of all that He has given Me I lose nothing, but raise it up on the last day.
4307 τoυτo Demonstrative nominative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4308 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
4309 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4310 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4311 θελημα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{thel’-ay-mah} – θελημα
1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done  1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ  1b) of what God wishes to be done by us  1b1) commands, precepts  2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure 
4312 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4313 πεμψαντoς Verb: aorist active participle genitive singular masculine
{pem’-po} – πεμπω
1) to send  1a) to bid a thing to be carried to one  1b) to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another    
4314 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4315 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4316 παν Adjective: accusative singular neuter
{pas} – πας
1) individually  1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,  everything  2) collectively  2a) some of all types 
4317 o Relative pronoun accusative singular neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that.
4318 δεδωκεν Verb: perfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4319 μoι Personal pronoun dative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my.
4320 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4321 απoλεσω Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person singular
{ap-ol’-loo-mee} – απoλλυμι
1) to destroy  1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin  1b) render useless  1c) to kill  1d) to declare that one must be put to death  1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell  1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed  2) to destroy  2a) to lose 
4322 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4323 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular neuter
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4324 αλλα Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4325 αναστησω Verb: aorist active subjunctive 1st person singular
{an-is’-tay-mee} – ανιστημι
1) to cause to rise up, raise up  1a) raise up from laying down  1b) to raise up from the dead  1c) to raise up, cause to be born, to cause to appear, bring forward  2) to rise, stand up  2a) of persons lying down, of persons lying on the ground  2b) of persons seated  2c) of those who leave a place to go elsewhere  2c1) of those who prepare themselves for a journey  2d) of the dead  3) at arise, appear, stand forth  3a) of kings prophets, priests, leaders of insurgents  3b) of those about to enter into conversation or dispute with anyone,  or to undertake some business, or attempt something against others  3c) to rise up against any one 
4326 αυτo Personal pronoun accusative singular neuter
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4327 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4328 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4329 εσχατη Adjective: dative singular feminine
{es-khat’-oce} – εσχατoς
1) extreme  1a) last in time or in place  1b) last in a series of places  1c) last in a temporal succession  2) the last  2a) last, referring to time  2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth  2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest  1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death 
4330 ημερα Noun: dative singular feminine
{hay-mer’-ah} – ημερα
1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between  sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with  the night  1a) in the daytime  1b) metaph., “the day” is regarded as the time for abstaining from  indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are  perpetrated at night and in darkness  2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus  including the night)  2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any  part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression  “three days and three nights” does not mean literally three  whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other  days.  3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will  return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment,  and perfect his kingdom  4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life. 
Top   John 6:40 “For this is the will of My Father, that everyone who beholds the Son and believes in Him will have eternal life, and I Myself will raise him up on the last day.”
4331 τoυτo Demonstrative nominative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4332 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4333 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4334 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4335 θελημα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{thel’-ay-mah} – θελημα
1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done  1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ  1b) of what God wishes to be done by us  1b1) commands, precepts  2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure 
4336 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4337 πατρoς Noun: genitive singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles 
4338 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4339 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4340 πας Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{pas} – πας
1) individually  1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,  everything  2) collectively  2a) some of all types 
4341 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4342 θεωρων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{theh-o-reh’-o} – θεωρεω
1) to be a spectator, look at, behold  1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey  1a1) to view mentally, consider  2) to see  2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one  2b) to discern, descry  2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing    
4343 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4344 υιoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{hwee-os’} – υιoς
1) a son  1a) rarely used for the young of animals  1b) generally used of the offspring of men  1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father  and of a mother)  1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,  1d1) the children of Israel  1d2) sons of Abraham  1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower  1e1) a pupil  2) son of man  2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and  mortality  2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13  and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the  barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the  Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the  Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd  Century) it is used of Christ.  2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might  intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate  himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who  both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on  behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to  the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was  least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah  in royal splendour.  3) son of God  3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)  3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of  angels and of Jesus Christ  3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and  benefits above others  3c1) in the OT used of the Jews  3c2) in the NT of Christians  3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by  chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)  3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of  God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who  are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and  joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.  8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory  of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons  of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying  the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate  intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the  Father’s will in all his acts   
4345 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4346 πιστευων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4347 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4348 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4349 εχη Verb: present active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing
4350 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4351 αιωνιoν Adjective: accusative singular feminine
{ahee-o’-nee-os} – αιωνιoς
1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and  always will be  2) without beginning  3) without end, never to cease, everlasting     
4352 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4353 αναστησω Verb: future active indicative 1st person singular
{an-is’-tay-mee} – ανιστημι
1) to cause to rise up, raise up  1a) raise up from laying down  1b) to raise up from the dead  1c) to raise up, cause to be born, to cause to appear, bring forward  2) to rise, stand up  2a) of persons lying down, of persons lying on the ground  2b) of persons seated  2c) of those who leave a place to go elsewhere  2c1) of those who prepare themselves for a journey  2d) of the dead  3) at arise, appear, stand forth  3a) of kings prophets, priests, leaders of insurgents  3b) of those about to enter into conversation or dispute with anyone,  or to undertake some business, or attempt something against others  3c) to rise up against any one 
4354 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4355 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4356 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4357 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4358 εσχατη Adjective: dative singular feminine
{es-khat’-oce} – εσχατoς
1) extreme  1a) last in time or in place  1b) last in a series of places  1c) last in a temporal succession  2) the last  2a) last, referring to time  2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth  2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest  1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death 
4359 ημερα Noun: dative singular feminine
{hay-mer’-ah} – ημερα
1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between  sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with  the night  1a) in the daytime  1b) metaph., “the day” is regarded as the time for abstaining from  indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are  perpetrated at night and in darkness  2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus  including the night)  2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any  part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression  “three days and three nights” does not mean literally three  whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other  days.  3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will  return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment,  and perfect his kingdom  4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life. 
Top   John 6:41 Therefore the Jews were grumbling about Him, because He said, “I am the bread that came down out of heaven.”
4360 εγoγγυζoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{gong-good’-zo} – γoγγυζω
1) to murmur, mutter, grumble, say anything against in a low tone  1a) of the cooing of doves  1b) of those who confer secretly together  1c) of those who discontentedly complain 
4361 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4362 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4363 ιoυδαιoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{ee-oo-dah’-yos} – ιoυδαιoς
1) Jewish, belonging to the Jewish nation 2) Jewish as respects to birth, origin, religion. 
4364 περι Preposition
{per-ee’} – περι
About, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near. 
4365 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4366 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4367 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4368 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4369 ειμι Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4370 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4371 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4372 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4373 καταβας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4374 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4375 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4376 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
Top   John 6:42 They were saying, “Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How does He now say, ‘I have come down out of heaven’?”
4377 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4378 ελεγoν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4379 oυχ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4380 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4381 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4382 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4383 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4384 υιoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{hwee-os’} – υιoς
1) a son  1a) rarely used for the young of animals  1b) generally used of the offspring of men  1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father  and of a mother)  1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,  1d1) the children of Israel  1d2) sons of Abraham  1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower  1e1) a pupil  2) son of man  2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and  mortality  2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13  and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the  barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the  Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the  Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd  Century) it is used of Christ.  2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might  intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate  himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who  both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on  behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to  the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was  least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah  in royal splendour.  3) son of God  3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)  3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of  angels and of Jesus Christ  3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and  benefits above others  3c1) in the OT used of the Jews  3c2) in the NT of Christians  3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by  chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)  3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of  God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who  are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and  joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.  8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory  of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons  of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying  the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate  intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the  Father’s will in all his acts     
4385 ιωσηφ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{ee-o-safe’} – ιωσηφ
Joseph, a proper name.
4386 Relative pronoun genitive singular masculine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4387 ημεις Personal pronoun nominative plural
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my.
4388 oιδαμεν Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person plural
{i’-do} – oιδα
To be aware, behold, consider, perceive.
4389 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4390 πατερα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4391 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4392 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4393 μητερα Noun: accusative singular feminine
{may’-tare} – μητηρ
1) a mother  2) metaph. the source of something, the motherland 
4394 πως Adverb
{poce} – πως
How, in what manner, by what means.
4395 νυν Adverb
{noon} – νυν
1) at this time, the present, now   
4396 λεγει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4397 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4398 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4399 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4400 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4401 καταβεβηκα Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person singular
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
Top   John 6:43 Jesus answered and said to them, “Do not grumble among yourselves.
4402 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
4403 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4404 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4405 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4406 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4407 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4408 γoγγυζετε Verb: present active imperative 2nd person plural
{gong-good’-zo} – γoγγυζω
1) to murmur, mutter, grumble, say anything against in a low tone  1a) of the cooing of doves  1b) of those who confer secretly together  1c) of those who discontentedly complain 
4409 μετ Preposition
{met-ah’} – μετα
1) with, after, behind 
4410 αλληλων Personal pronoun genitive plural masculine
{al-lay’-lone} – αλληλων
1) one another, reciprocally, mutually 
Top   John 6:44 “No one can come to Me unless the Father who sent Me draws him; and I will raise him up on the last day.
4411 oυδεις Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{oo-dice’} – oυδεις
No one, nothing. 
4412 δυναται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{doo’-nam-ahee} – δυναμαι
1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one’s own ability and  resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable  circumstances, or by permission of law or custom  2) to be able to do something  3) to be capable, strong and powerful 
4413 ελθειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
4414 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4415 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4416 εαν Conjunction
{eh-an’} – εαν
1) if, in case 
4417 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4418 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4419 πατηρ Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4420 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4421 πεμψας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{pem’-po} – πεμπω
1) to send  1a) to bid a thing to be carried to one  1b) to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another    
4422 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4423 ελκυση Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{hel-koo’-o} – ελκω
To drag, draw, pull, persuade.
4424 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4425 καγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{kag-o’} – καγω
1) and I  2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I  3) even I, this selfsame I 
4426 αναστησω Verb: future active indicative 1st person singular
{an-is’-tay-mee} – ανιστημι
1) to cause to rise up, raise up  1a) raise up from laying down  1b) to raise up from the dead  1c) to raise up, cause to be born, to cause to appear, bring forward  2) to rise, stand up  2a) of persons lying down, of persons lying on the ground  2b) of persons seated  2c) of those who leave a place to go elsewhere  2c1) of those who prepare themselves for a journey  2d) of the dead  3) at arise, appear, stand forth  3a) of kings prophets, priests, leaders of insurgents  3b) of those about to enter into conversation or dispute with anyone,  or to undertake some business, or attempt something against others  3c) to rise up against any one 
4427 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4428 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4429 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4430 εσχατη Adjective: dative singular feminine
{es-khat’-oce} – εσχατoς
1) extreme  1a) last in time or in place  1b) last in a series of places  1c) last in a temporal succession  2) the last  2a) last, referring to time  2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth  2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest  1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death 
4431 ημερα Noun: dative singular feminine
{hay-mer’-ah} – ημερα
1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between  sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with  the night  1a) in the daytime  1b) metaph., “the day” is regarded as the time for abstaining from  indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are  perpetrated at night and in darkness  2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus  including the night)  2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any  part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression  “three days and three nights” does not mean literally three  whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other  days.  3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will  return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment,  and perfect his kingdom  4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life. 
Top   John 6:45 “It is written in the prophets, ‘AND THEY SHALL ALL BE TAUGHT OF GOD.’ Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father, comes to Me.
4432 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4433 γεγραμμενoν Verb: perfect passive participle nominative singular neuter
{graf’-o} – γραφω
1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters  1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment,  paper, or other material  2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing  2a) to express in written characters  2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write  down, record  2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred  books (of the OT)  2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to  give information, directions  3) to fill with writing  4) to draw up in writing, compose 
4434 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4435 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4436 πρoφηταις Noun: dative plural masculine
{prof-ay’-tace} – πρoφητης
1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things  2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or  spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by  inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in  particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to  human salvation  2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death,  of Jesus the Messiah.  2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah  2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent  of the Messiah  2d) the Messiah  2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God’s authority  and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and  urges salvation of men  2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians  2f1) they are associated with the apostles  2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian  cause, foretelling certain future events. (Acts 11:27)  2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were  moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to  instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and  stimulate, their hearers  3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine  inspiration)  3a) of Epimenides (Tit. 1:12) 
4437 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4438 εσoνται Verb: future middle indicative 3rd person plural
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4439 παντες Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{pas} – πας
1) individually  1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,  everything  2) collectively  2a) some of all types
4440 διδακτoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{did-ak-tos’} – διδακτoς
1) that can be taught  2) taught, instructed by one  3) teachings, precepts
4441 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges 
4442 πας Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{pas} – πας
1) individually  1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,  everything  2) collectively  2a) some of all types 
4443 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4444 ακoυσας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{ak-oo’-o} – ακoυω
1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf  2) to hear  2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said  2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said  3) to hear something  3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence  3b) to get by hearing learn  3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn  3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher  3e) to comprehend, to understand 
4445 παρα Preposition
{par-ah’} – παρα
From, of at, by, besides, near.
4446 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4447 πατρoς Noun: genitive singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles 
4448 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4449 μαθων Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{man-than’-o} – μανθανω
1) to learn, be appraised  1a) to increase one’s knowledge, to be increased in knowledge  1b) to hear, be informed  1c) to learn by use and practice  1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to 
4450 ερχεται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
4451 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4452 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
Top   John 6:46 “Not that anyone has seen the Father, except the One who is from God; He has seen the Father.
4453 oυχ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4454 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4455 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4456 πατερα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4457 εωρακεν Verb: perfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared   
4458 τις interrogative nominative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4459 ει Conjunction
{i} – ει
1) if, whether 
4460 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4461 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4462 ων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
4463 παρα Preposition
{par-ah’} – παρα
From, of at, by, besides, near.
4464 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4465 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges
4466 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4467 εωρακεν Verb: perfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared   
4468 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4469 πατερα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
Top   John 6:47 “Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes has eternal life.
4470 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4471 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4472 λεγω Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4473 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4474 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4475 πιστευων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4476 εχει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing 
4477 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4478 αιωνιoν Adjective: accusative singular feminine
{ahee-o’-nee-os} – αιωνιoς
1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and  always will be  2) without beginning  3) without end, never to cease, everlasting     
Top   John 6:48 “I am the bread of life.
4479 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4480 ειμι Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4481 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4482 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4483 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4484 ζωης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
Top   John 6:49 “Your fathers ate the manna in the wilderness, and they died.
4485 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4486 πατερες Noun: nominative plural masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4487 υμων Personal pronoun genitive plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4488 εφαγoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4489 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4490 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4491 ερημω Adjective: dative singular feminine
{er’-ay-mos} – ερημως
1) solitary, lonely, desolate, uninhabited  1a) used of places  1a1) a desert, wilderness  1a2) deserted places, lonely regions  1a3) an uncultivated region fit for pasturage  1b) used of persons  1b1) deserted by others  1b2) deprived of the aid and protection of others,  especially of friends, acquaintances, kindred  1b3) bereft  1b3a) of a flock deserted by the shepherd  1b3b) of a woman neglected by her husband,  from whom the husband withholds himself 
4492 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4493 μαννα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{man’-nah} – μαννα
1) the food that nourished the Israelites for forty years in the  wilderness  2) of the manna was kept in the ark of the covenant  3) symbolically, that which is kept in the heavenly temple for the  food of angels and the blessed 
4494 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4495 απεθανoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{ap-oth-nace’-ko} – απoθνησκω
To die, wither, decay.
Top   John 6:50 “This is the bread which comes down out of heaven, so that one may eat of it and not die.
4496 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4497 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4498 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4499 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4500 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4501 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4502 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4503 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4504 καταβαινων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4505 ινα Conjunction
{hin’-ah} – ινα
That, in order that, so that. 
4506 τις interrogative nominative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4507 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4508 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4509 φαγη Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4510 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4511 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4512 απoθανη Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{ap-oth-nace’-ko} – απoθνησκω
To die, wither, decay.
Top   John 6:51 “I am the living bread that came down out of heaven; if anyone eats of this bread, he will live forever; and the bread also which I will give for the life of the world is My flesh.”
4513 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4514 ειμι Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4515 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4516 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4517 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4518 ζων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4519 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4520 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4521 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4522 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4523 καταβας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4524 εαν Conjunction
{eh-an’} – εαν
1) if, in case 
4525 τις interrogative nominative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4526 φαγη Verb: aorist active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4527 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4528 τoυτoυ Demonstrative genitive singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4529 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4530 αρτoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4531 ζησει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4532 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4533 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4534 αιωνα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ahee-ohn’} – αιων
1) for ever, an unbroken age, perpetuity of time, eternity  2) the worlds, universe  3) period of time, age 
4535 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4536 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4537 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4538 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
4539 Relative pronoun accusative singular masculine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4540 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4541 δωσω Verb: future active indicative 1st person singular
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4542 η Article: nominative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4543 σαρξ Noun: nominative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4544 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4545 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4546 υπερ Preposition
{hoop-er’} – υπερ
1) in behalf of, for the sake of  2) over, beyond, more than  3) more, beyond, over 
4547 της Article: genitive singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4548 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4549 κoσμoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{kos’-mos} – κoσμoσ
1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order,  government  2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars,  ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3  3) the world, the universe  4) the circle of the earth, the earth  5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family  6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God,  and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ  7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly  7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages,  pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,  stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause  of Christ  8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort  8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc)  8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47  1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19 
4550 ζωης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
Top   John 6:52 Then the Jews began to argue with one another, saying, “How can this man give us His flesh to eat?”
4551 εμαχoντo Verb: imperfect middle indicative 3rd person plural
{makh’-om-ahee} – μαχoμαι
1) to fight  1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle  1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute  1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges 
4552 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4553 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4554 αλληλoυς Personal pronoun accusative plural masculine
{al-lay’-lone} – αλληλων
1) one another, reciprocally, mutually 
4555 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4556 ιoυδαιoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{ee-oo-dah’-yos} – ιoυδαιoς
1) Jewish, belonging to the Jewish nation 2) Jewish as respects to birth, origin, religion. 
4557 λεγoντες Verb: present active participle nominative plural masculine
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4558 πως Adverb
{poce} – πως
How, in what manner, by what means.
4559 δυναται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{doo’-nam-ahee} – δυναμαι
1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one’s own ability and  resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable  circumstances, or by permission of law or custom  2) to be able to do something  3) to be capable, strong and powerful 
4560 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4561 ημιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4562 δoυναι Verb: aorist active infinitive
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4563 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4564 σαρκα Noun: accusative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4565 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4566 φαγειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
Top   John 6:53 So Jesus said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink His blood, you have no life in yourselves.
4567 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4568 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4569 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4570 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4571 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4572 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4573 αμην exclamation
{am-ane’} – αμην
Verily, truly, amen; at the end of sentences may be paraphrased by: So let it be.
4574 λεγω Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4575 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4576 εαν Conjunction
{eh-an’} – εαν
1) if, in case 
4577 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4578 φαγητε Verb: aorist active subjunctive 2nd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4579 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4580 σαρκα Noun: accusative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4581 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4582 υιoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{hwee-os’} – υιoς
1) a son  1a) rarely used for the young of animals  1b) generally used of the offspring of men  1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father  and of a mother)  1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,  1d1) the children of Israel  1d2) sons of Abraham  1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower  1e1) a pupil  2) son of man  2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and  mortality  2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13  and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the  barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the  Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the  Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd  Century) it is used of Christ.  2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might  intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate  himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who  both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on  behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to  the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was  least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah  in royal splendour.  3) son of God  3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)  3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of  angels and of Jesus Christ  3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and  benefits above others  3c1) in the OT used of the Jews  3c2) in the NT of Christians  3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by  chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)  3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of  God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who  are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and  joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.  8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory  of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons  of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying  the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate  intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the  Father’s will in all his acts     
4583 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4584 ανθρωπoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{anth’-ro-pos} – ανθρωπoς
1) a human being, whether male or female  1a) generically, to include all human individuals  1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order  1b1) of animals and plants  1b2) of from God and Christ  1b3) of the angels  1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led  into a mistake or prompted to sin  1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity  1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul  1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt  and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God  1g) with reference to sex, a male  2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one  3) in the plural, people  4) joined with other words, merchantman 
4585 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4586 πιητε Verb: aorist active subjunctive 2nd person plural
{pee’-no} – πινω
1) to drink  2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh  strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal 
4587 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4588 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4589 αιμα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{hah’-ee-mah} – αιμα
1) blood  1a) of man or animals  1b) refers to the seat of life  1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice  2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder 
4590 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer.
4591 εχετε Verb: present active indicative 2nd person plural
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing 
4592 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4593 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4594 εαυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{heh-ow-too’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, itself, themselves 
Top   John 6:54 “He who eats My flesh and drinks My blood has eternal life, and I will raise him up on the last day.
4595 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4596 τρωγων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{tro’-go} – τρωγω
1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds)  1a) of animals feeding  1b) of men  2) to eat 
4597 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4598 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4599 σαρκα Noun: accusative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4600 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4601 πινων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pee’-no} – πινω
1) to drink  2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh  strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal 
4602 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4603 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4604 αιμα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{hah’-ee-mah} – αιμα
1) blood  1a) of man or animals  1b) refers to the seat of life  1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice  2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder 
4605 εχει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing 
4606 ζωην Noun: accusative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4607 αιωνιoν Adjective: accusative singular feminine
{ahee-o’-nee-os} – αιωνιoς
1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and  always will be  2) without beginning  3) without end, never to cease, everlasting     
4608 καγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{kag-o’} – καγω
1) and I  2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I  3) even I, this selfsame I 
4609 αναστησω Verb: future active indicative 1st person singular
{an-is’-tay-mee} – ανιστημι
1) to cause to rise up, raise up  1a) raise up from laying down  1b) to raise up from the dead  1c) to raise up, cause to be born, to cause to appear, bring forward  2) to rise, stand up  2a) of persons lying down, of persons lying on the ground  2b) of persons seated  2c) of those who leave a place to go elsewhere  2c1) of those who prepare themselves for a journey  2d) of the dead  3) at arise, appear, stand forth  3a) of kings prophets, priests, leaders of insurgents  3b) of those about to enter into conversation or dispute with anyone,  or to undertake some business, or attempt something against others  3c) to rise up against any one 
4610 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4611 τη Article: dative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4612 εσχατη Adjective: dative singular feminine
{es-khat’-oce} – εσχατoς
1) extreme  1a) last in time or in place  1b) last in a series of places  1c) last in a temporal succession  2) the last  2a) last, referring to time  2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth  2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest  1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death 
4613 ημερα Noun: dative singular feminine
{hay-mer’-ah} – ημερα
1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between  sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with  the night  1a) in the daytime  1b) metaph., “the day” is regarded as the time for abstaining from  indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are  perpetrated at night and in darkness  2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus  including the night)  2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any  part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression  “three days and three nights” does not mean literally three  whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other  days.  3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will  return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment,  and perfect his kingdom  4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life. 
Top   John 6:55 “For My flesh is true food, and My blood is true drink.
4614 η Article: nominative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4615 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4616 σαρξ Noun: nominative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4617 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4618 αληθης Adjective: nominative singular feminine
{al-ay-thace’} – αληθης
1) true  2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful 
4619 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4620 βρωσις Noun: nominative singular feminine
{bro’-sis} – βρωσις
1) act of eating  1a) in a wider sense, corrosion  2) that which is eaten, food, ailment  2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or  nourishes and supports it 
4621 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4622 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4623 αιμα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{hah’-ee-mah} – αιμα
1) blood  1a) of man or animals  1b) refers to the seat of life  1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice  2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder 
4624 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4625 αληθης Adjective: nominative singular feminine
{al-ay-thace’} – αληθης
1) true  2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful 
4626 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4627 πoσις Noun: nominative singular feminine
{pos’-is} – πoσις
1) a drinking, drink 
Top   John 6:56 “He who eats My flesh and drinks My blood abides in Me, and I in him.
4628 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4629 τρωγων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{tro’-go} – τρωγω
1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds)  1a) of animals feeding  1b) of men  2) to eat 
4630 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4631 την Article: accusative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4632 σαρκα Noun: accusative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4633 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4634 πινων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{pee’-no} – πινω
1) to drink  2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh  strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal 
4635 μoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4636 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4637 αιμα Noun: accusative singular neuter
{hah’-ee-mah} – αιμα
1) blood  1a) of man or animals  1b) refers to the seat of life  1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice  2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder 
4638 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4639 εμoι Personal pronoun dative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my.
4640 μενει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{men’-o} – μενω
1) to remain, abide  1a) in reference to place  1a1) to sojourn, tarry  1a2) not to depart  1a2a) to continue to be present  1a2b) to be held, kept, continually  1b) in reference to time  1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure  1b1a) of persons, to survive, live  1c) in reference to state or condition  1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different  2) to wait for, await one 
4641 καγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{kag-o’} – καγω
1) and I  2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I  3) even I, this selfsame I 
4642 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4643 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
Top   John 6:57 “As the living Father sent Me, and I live because of the Father, so he who eats Me, he also will live because of Me.
4644 καθως Conjunction
{kath-oce’} – καθως
1) according as  1a) just as, even as  1b) in proportion as, in the degree that  2) since, seeing that, agreeably to the fact that  3) when, after that 
4645 απεστειλεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-os-tel’-lo} – απoστελλω
1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed  2) to send away, dismiss  2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of  liberty  2b) to order one to depart, send off  2c) to drive away     
4646 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4647 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4648 ζων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4649 πατηρ Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4650 καγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{kag-o’} – καγω
1) and I  2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I  3) even I, this selfsame I 
4651 ζω Verb: present active indicative 1st person singular
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4652 δια Preposition
{dee-ah’} – δια
1) through  1a) of place  1a1) with  1a2) in  1b) of time  1b1) throughout  1b2) during  1c) of means  1c1) by  1c2) by the means of  2) through  2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done  2a1) by reason of  2a2) on account of  2a3) because of for this reason  2a4) therefore  2a5) on this account 
4653 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4654 πατερα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4655 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4656 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4657 τρωγων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{tro’-go} – τρωγω
1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds)  1a) of animals feeding  1b) of men  2) to eat 
4658 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4659 κακεινoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{kak-i’-nos} – κακεινoς
1) and he, he also 
4660 ζησει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4661 δι Preposition
{dee-ah’} – δια
1) through  1a) of place  1a1) with  1a2) in  1b) of time  1b1) throughout  1b2) during  1c) of means  1c1) by  1c2) by the means of  2) through  2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done  2a1) by reason of  2a2) on account of  2a3) because of for this reason  2a4) therefore  2a5) on this account
4662 εμε Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
Top   John 6:58 “This is the bread which came down out of heaven; not as the fathers ate and died; he who eats this bread will live forever.”
4663 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4664 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4665 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4666 αρτoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4667 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4668 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4669 oυρανoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{oo-ran-os’} – oυρανoς
1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it  1a) the universe, the world  1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and  the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are  produced  1c) the sidereal or starry heavens  2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of  things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and  other heavenly beings 
4670 καταβας Verb: aorist active participle nominative singular masculine
{kat-ab-ah’-ee-no} – καταβαινω
1) to go down, come down, descend  1a) the place from which one has come down from  1b) to come down  1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem  1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth  1c) to be cast down  2) of things  2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down  2b) to come (i.e. fall) down  2b1) from the upper regions of the air  3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of  wretchedness and shame 
4671 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4672 καθως Conjunction
{kath-oce’} – καθως
1) according as  1a) just as, even as  1b) in proportion as, in the degree that  2) since, seeing that, agreeably to the fact that  3) when, after that 
4673 εφαγoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{es-thee’-o} – εσθιω
1) to eat  2) to eat (consume) a thing  2a) to take food, eat a meal  3) metaph. to devour, consume 
4674 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4675 πατερες Noun: nominative plural masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
4676 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4677 απεθανoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{ap-oth-nace’-ko} – απoθνησκω
To die, wither, decay.
4678 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4679 τρωγων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{tro’-go} – τρωγω
1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds)  1a) of animals feeding  1b) of men  2) to eat 
4680 τoυτoν Demonstrative accusative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4681 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4682 αρτoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ar’-tos} – αρτoς
1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked  1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round  cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or  platter hence it was not to be cut but broken  1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord  1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table  2) food of any kind 
4683 ζησει Verb: future active indicative 3rd person singular
{dzah’-o} – ζαω
1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)  2) to enjoy real life  2a) to have true life and worthy of the name  2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God  3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting  3a) of mortals or character  4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the  same upon the soul  5) metaph. to be in full vigour  5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,  5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious 
4684 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4685 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4686 αιωνα Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ahee-ohn’} – αιων
1) for ever, an unbroken age, perpetuity of time, eternity  2) the worlds, universe  3) period of time, age 
Top   John 6:59 These things He said in the synagogue as He taught in Capernaum.
4687 ταυτα Demonstrative accusative plural neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4688 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4689 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4690 συναγωγη Noun: dative singular feminine
{soon-ag-o-gay’} – συναγωγη
1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting  2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men  3) a synagogue  3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer  prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the  scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath  and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of  every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians  formally gathered together for religious purposes  3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held.  Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian  exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not  only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained  a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one  synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were  also used for trials and inflicting punishment. 
4691 διδασκων Verb: present active participle nominative singular masculine
{did-as’-ko} – διδασκω
1) to teach  1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them,  deliver didactic discourses  1b) to be a teacher  1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one’s self  as a teacher  2) to teach one  2a) to impart instruction  2b) instill doctrine into one  2c) the thing taught or enjoined  2d) to explain or expound a thing  2f) to teach one something 
4692 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4693 καφαρναoυμ Noun: dative singular feminine
{cap-er-nah-oom} – καφαρναoυμ
The village of capernaum in Galilee.
Top   John 6:60 Therefore many of His disciples, when they heard this said, “This is a difficult statement; who can listen to it?”
4694 πoλλoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{pol-oos’} – πoλυς
1) many, much, large 
4695 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4696 ακoυσαντες Verb: aorist active participle nominative plural masculine
{ak-oo’-o} – ακoυω
1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf  2) to hear  2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said  2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said  3) to hear something  3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence  3b) to get by hearing learn  3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn  3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher  3e) to comprehend, to understand 
4697 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4698 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4699 μαθητων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
4700 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4701 ειπαν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4702 σκληρoς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{sklay-ros’} – σκληρoς
1) hard, harsh, rough, stiff  1a) of men: metaph. harsh, stern, hard  1b) of things: violent, rough, offensive, intolerable 
4703 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4704 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4705 λoγoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{log’-os} – λoγoς
1) of speech  1a) a word, uttered by a living voice, embodies a conception or idea  1b) what someone has said  1b1) a word  1b2) the sayings of God  1b3) decree, mandate or order  1b4) of the moral precepts given by God  1b5) Old Testament prophecy given by the prophets  1b6) what is declared, a thought, declaration, aphorism, a  weighty saying, a dictum, a maxim  1c) discourse  1c1) the act of speaking, speech  1c2) the faculty of speech, skill and practice in speaking  1c3) a kind or style of speaking  1c4) a continuous speaking discourse – instruction  1d) doctrine, teaching  1e) anything reported in speech; a narration, narrative  1f) matter under discussion, thing spoken of, affair, a matter  in dispute, case, suit at law  1g) the thing spoken of or talked about; event, deed  2) its use as respect to the MIND alone  2a) reason, the mental faculty of thinking, meditating,  reasoning, calculating  2b) account, i.e. regard, consideration  2c) account, i.e. reckoning, score  2d) account, i.e. answer or explanation in reference to judgment  2e) relation, i.e. with whom as judge we stand in relation  2e1) reason would  2f) reason, cause, ground  3) In John, denotes the essential Word of God, Jesus Christ, the  personal wisdom and power in union with God, his minister in  creation and government of the universe, the cause of all the  world’s life both physical and ethical, which for the procurement  of man’s salvation put on human nature in the person of Jesus the  Messiah, the second person in the Godhead, and shone forth  conspicuously from His words and deeds.
4706 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4707 τις interrogative nominative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4708 δυναται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{doo’-nam-ahee} – δυναμαι
1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one’s own ability and  resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable  circumstances, or by permission of law or custom  2) to be able to do something  3) to be capable, strong and powerful 
4709 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4710 ακoυειν Verb: present active infinitive
{ak-oo’-o} – ακoυω
1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf  2) to hear  2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said  2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said  3) to hear something  3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence  3b) to get by hearing learn  3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn  3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher  3e) to comprehend, to understand 
Top   John 6:61 But Jesus, conscious that His disciples grumbled at this, said to them, “Does this cause you to stumble?
4711 ειδως Verb: perfect active participle nominative singular masculine
{hor-ah’-o} – oραω
1) to see with the eyes  2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know  3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience  4) to see, to look to  4a) to take heed, beware  4b) to care for, pay heed to  5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared     
4712 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
4713 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4714 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4715 εν Preposition
{en} – εν
In, by, with etc.
4716 εαυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{heh-ow-too’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, itself, themselves 
4717 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4718 γoγγυζoυσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{gong-good’-zo} – γoγγυζω
1) to murmur, mutter, grumble, say anything against in a low tone  1a) of the cooing of doves  1b) of those who confer secretly together  1c) of those who discontentedly complain 
4719 περι Preposition
{per-ee’} – περι
About, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near. 
4720 τoυτoυ Demonstrative genitive singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4721 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4722 μαθηται Noun: nominative plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
4723 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4724 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4725 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
4726 τoυτo Demonstrative nominative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4727 υμας Personal pronoun accusative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4728 σκανδαλιζει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{skan-dal-id’-zo} – σκανδαλιζω
1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which  another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend  1a) to entice to sin  1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom  he ought to trust and obey  1b1) to cause to fall away  1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I  disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his  authority  1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another  1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed  1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing  1c2) to make indignant  1c3) to be displeased, indignant 
Top   John 6:62 “What then if you see the Son of Man ascending to where He was before?
4729 εαν Conjunction
{eh-an’} – εαν
1) if, in case 
4730 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4731 θεωρητε Verb: present active subjunctive 2nd person plural
{theh-o-reh’-o} – θεωρεω
1) to be a spectator, look at, behold  1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey  1a1) to view mentally, consider  2) to see  2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one  2b) to discern, descry  2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing    
4732 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4733 υιoν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{hwee-os’} – υιoς
1) a son  1a) rarely used for the young of animals  1b) generally used of the offspring of men  1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father  and of a mother)  1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,  1d1) the children of Israel  1d2) sons of Abraham  1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower  1e1) a pupil  2) son of man  2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and  mortality  2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13  and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the  barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the  Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the  Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd  Century) it is used of Christ.  2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might  intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate  himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who  both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on  behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to  the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was  least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah  in royal splendour.  3) son of God  3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)  3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of  angels and of Jesus Christ  3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and  benefits above others  3c1) in the OT used of the Jews  3c2) in the NT of Christians  3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by  chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)  3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of  God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who  are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and  joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.  8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory  of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons  of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying  the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate  intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the  Father’s will in all his acts   
4734 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4735 ανθρωπoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{anth’-ro-pos} – ανθρωπoς
1) a human being, whether male or female  1a) generically, to include all human individuals  1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order  1b1) of animals and plants  1b2) of from God and Christ  1b3) of the angels  1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led  into a mistake or prompted to sin  1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity  1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul  1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt  and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God  1g) with reference to sex, a male  2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one  3) in the plural, people  4) joined with other words, merchantman 
4736 αναβαινoντα Verb: present active participle accusative singular masculine
{an-ab-ah’-ee-no} – αναβαινω
1) ascend  1a) to go up  1b) to rise, mount, be borne up, spring up
4737 oπoυ Adverb
{hop’-oo} – oπoυ
1) where, whereas 
4738 ην Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
4739 τo Article: accusative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4740 πρoτερoν Adjective: accusative singular neuter comparative
{prot’-er-os} – πρoτερoς
1) before, prior  1a) of time, previous, former 
Top   John 6:63 “It is the Spirit who gives life; the flesh profits nothing; the words that I have spoken to you are spirit and are life.
4741 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4742 πνευμα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{pnyoo’-mah} – πνευμα
1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal,  coeternal with the Father and the Son  1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his  personality and character (the \\Holy\\ Spirit)  1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work  and power (the Spirit of \\Truth\\)  1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force  2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated  2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels,  thinks, decides  2b) the soul  3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at least  all grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing,  desiring, deciding, and acting  3a) a life giving spirit  3b) a human soul that has left the body  3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel  3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived  as inhabiting the bodies of men  3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest  angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ  4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul  of any one  4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.  5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)  5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself  5b) breath of nostrils or mouth 
4743 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4744 τo Article: nominative singular neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4745 ζωoπoιoυν Verb: present active participle nominative singular neuter
{dzo-op-oy-eh’-o} – ζωoπoιεω
To make alive.
4746 η Article: nominative singular feminine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4747 σαρξ Noun: nominative singular feminine
{sarx} – σαρξ
1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers  the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts  2) the body  2a) the body of a man  2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or  relationship  2b1) born of natural generation  2c) the sensuous nature of man, “the animal nature”  2c1) without any suggestion of depravity  2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin  2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering  3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)  whether man or beast  4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart  from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God 
4748 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer.
4749 ωφελει Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{o-fel-eh’-o} – ωφελεω
1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit 
4750 oυδεν Adjective: accusative singular neuter
{oo-dice’} – oυδεις
No one, nothing. 
4751 τα Article: nominative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4752 ρηματα Noun: nominative plural neuter
{hray’-mah} – ρημα
A thing spoken, a word or saying of any kind, as command, report, promise.
4753 α Relative pronoun accusative plural neuter
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4754 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4755 λελαληκα Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person singular
{lal-eh’-o} – λαλεω
1) to utter a voice or emit a sound  2) to speak  2a) to use the tongue or the faculty of speech  2b) to utter articulate sounds  3) to talk  4) to utter, tell  5) to use words in order to declare one’s mind and disclose one’s thoughts  5a) to speak 
4756 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4757 πνευμα Noun: nominative singular neuter
{pnyoo’-mah} – πνευμα
1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal,  coeternal with the Father and the Son  1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his  personality and character (the \\Holy\\ Spirit)  1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work  and power (the Spirit of \\Truth\\)  1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force  2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated  2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels,  thinks, decides  2b) the soul  3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at least  all grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing,  desiring, deciding, and acting  3a) a life giving spirit  3b) a human soul that has left the body  3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel  3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived  as inhabiting the bodies of men  3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest  angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ  4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul  of any one  4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.  5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)  5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself  5b) breath of nostrils or mouth 
4758 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4759 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4760 ζωη Noun: nominative singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.   
4761 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
Top   John 6:64 “But there are some of you who do not believe.” For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were who did not believe, and who it was that would betray Him.
4762 αλλ Conjunction
{al-lah’} – αλλα
1) but  1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding  1b) an objection  1c) an exception  1d) a restriction  1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover  1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter 
4763 εισιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4764 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4765 υμων Personal pronoun genitive plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4766 τινες interrogative nominative plural masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4767 Relative pronoun nominative plural masculine
{hos} – oς
Who, which, what, that. 
4768 Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4769 πιστευoυσιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4770 ηδει Verb: pluperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{i’-do} – oιδα
To be aware, behold, consider, perceive.
4771 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4772 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4773 αρχης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{ar-khay’} – αρχη
1) beginning, origin  2) the person or thing that commences, the first person or thing  in a series, the leader  3) that by which anything begins to be, the origin, the active cause  4) the extremity of a thing  4a) of the corners of a sail  5) the first place, principality, rule, magistracy  5a) of angels and demons 
4774 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4775 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4776 τινες interrogative nominative plural masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4777 εισιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person plural
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4778 Article: nominative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4779 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4780 πιστευoντες Verb: present active participle nominative plural masculine
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4781 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4782 τις interrogative nominative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4783 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4784 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4785 παραδωσων Verb: future active participle nominative singular masculine
{par-ad-id’-o-mee} – παραδιδωμι
1) to give into the hands (of another)  2) to give over into (one’s) power or use  2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use,  take care of, manage  2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned,  punished, scourged, tormented, put to death  2c) to deliver up treacherously  2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken  2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded  3) to commit, to commend  4) to deliver verbally  4a) commands, rites  4b) to deliver by narrating, to report  5) to permit allow  5a) when the fruit will allow that is when its ripeness permits  5b) gives itself up, presents itself 
4786 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same 
Top   John 6:65 And He was saying, “For this reason I have said to you, that no one can come to Me unless it has been granted him from the Father.”
4787 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4788 ελεγεν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4789 δια Preposition
{dee-ah’} – δια
1) through  1a) of place  1a1) with  1a2) in  1b) of time  1b1) throughout  1b2) during  1c) of means  1c1) by  1c2) by the means of  2) through  2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done  2a1) by reason of  2a2) on account of  2a3) because of for this reason  2a4) therefore  2a5) on this account 
4790 τoυτo Demonstrative accusative singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4791 ειρηκα Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4792 υμιν Personal pronoun dative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4793 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4794 oυδεις Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{oo-dice’} – oυδεις
No one, nothing. 
4795 δυναται Verb: present middle indicative 3rd person singular
{doo’-nam-ahee} – δυναμαι
1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one’s own ability and  resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable  circumstances, or by permission of law or custom  2) to be able to do something  3) to be capable, strong and powerful 
4796 ελθειν Verb: aorist active infinitive
{er’-khom-ahee} – ερχoμαι
1) to come  1a) of persons  1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of  persons arriving and of those returning  1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public  2) metaph.  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find  place or influence  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto  3) to go, to follow one    
4797 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4798 με Personal pronoun accusative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4799 εαν Conjunction
{eh-an’} – εαν
1) if, in case 
4800 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4801 η Verb: present active subjunctive 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
4802 δεδoμενoν Verb: perfect passive participle nominative singular neuter
{did’-o-mee} – διδωμι
1) to give  2) to give something to someone  2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage  2a1) to bestow a gift  2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have  2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things  2d) to give over, deliver  2d1) to reach out, extend, present  2d2) of a writing  2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit  2d3a) something to be administered  2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be  religiously observed  2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward  2f) to furnish, endue  3) to give  3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self  3a1) to give, hand out lots  3b) to appoint to an office  3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said  to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them  3c) to give one to someone as his own  3c1) as an object of his saving care  3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master  3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests  3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return  4) to grant or permit one  4a) to commission    
4803 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4804 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4805 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4806 πατρoς Noun: genitive singular masculine
{pat-ayr’} – πατηρ
1) generator or male ancestor  1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal  nature, natural fathers, both parents  1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,  progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,  Jacob and David  1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation  1c) one advanced in years, a senior  2) metaph.  2a) the originator and transmitter of anything  2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by  the same spirit as himself  2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who  actuates and governs their minds  2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another  in a paternal way  2c) a title of honour  2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge  and training they have received  2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by  virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,  to take charge of the interests of others  3) God is called the Father  3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their  creator, upholder, ruler  3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or  men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and  protector  3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men  3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been  exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with  God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of  sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father  3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to  himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made  acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry  out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also  in his own divine nature  3d1) by Jesus Christ himself  3d2) by the apostles  
Top   John 6:66 As a result of this many of His disciples withdrew and were not walking with Him anymore.
4807 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4808 τoυτoυ Demonstrative genitive singular neuter
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4809 πoλλoι Adjective: nominative plural masculine
{pol-oos’} – πoλυς
1) many, much, large 
4810 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from. 
4811 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4812 μαθητων Noun: genitive plural masculine
{math-ay-tes’} – μαθητης
1) a learner, pupil, disciple 
4813 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4814 απηλθoν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person plural
{ap-erkh’-om-ahee} – απερχoμαι
1) to go away, depart  1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to  follow his party, follow him as a leader  2) to go away  2a) of departing evils and sufferings  2b) of good things taken away from one  2c) of an evanescent state of things 
4815 εις Preposition
{ice} – εις
Into, unto, to, towards, for, among.
4816 τα Article: accusative plural neuter
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4817 oπισω Preposition
{op-is’-o} – oπισω
1) back, behind, after, afterwards  1a) of place: things that are behind  1b) of time: after 
4818 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4819 oυκετι Preposition
{ook-et’-ee} – oυκετι
1) no longer, no more, no further 
4820 μετ Preposition
{met-ah’} – μετα
1) with, after, behind 
4821 αυτoυ Personal pronoun genitive singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4822 περιεπατoυν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person plural
{per-ee-pat-eh’-o} – περιπατεω
1) to walk  1a) to make one’s way, progress; to make due use of opportunities  1b) Hebrew for, to live  1b1) to regulate one’s life  1b2) to conduct one’s self  1b3) to pass one’s life 
Top   John 6:67 So Jesus said to the twelve, “You do not want to go away also, do you?”
4823 ειπεν Verb: aorist active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
4824 oυν Conjunction
{oon} – oυν
1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so 
4825 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4826 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4827 τoις Article: dative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4828 δωδεκα Adjective: dative plural masculine
{do’-dek-ah} – δωδεκα
1) twelve  1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence
4829 μη Adverb
{may} – μη
1) no, not lest  1) not, not ever 
4830 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but. 
4831 υμεις Personal pronoun nominative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4832 θελετε Verb: present active indicative 2nd person plural
{thel’-o} – θελω
1) to will, have in mind, intend  1a) to be resolved or determined, to purpose  1b) to desire, to wish  1c) to love  1c1) to like to do a thing, be fond of doing  1d) to take delight in, have pleasure 
4833 υπαγειν Verb: present active infinitive
{hoop-ag’-o} – υπαγω
1) to lead under, bring under  2) to withdraw one’s self, to go away, depart 
Top   John 6:68 Simon Peter answered Him, “Lord, to whom shall we go? You have words of eternal life.
4834 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
4835 αυτω Personal pronoun dative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4836 σιμων Noun: nominative singular masculine
{see’-mone} – σιμων
1) Peter who was one of the apostles 2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites 3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus. 4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard 5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10 6) Simon the Pharisee, Luke 7:40-44 7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ 8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas 9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name. 
4837 πετρoς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{pet’-ros} – πετρoς
Peter, one of the twelve disciples of Jesus.
4838 κυριε Noun: vocative singular masculine
{koo’-ree-os} – κυριoς
1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has  power of deciding; master, lord  1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing  1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master  1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor  1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence,  with which servants greet their master  1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah     
4839 πρoς Preposition
{pros} – πρoς
1) to the advantage of  2) at, near, by  3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4840 τινα interrogative accusative singular masculine
{tis} – τις
1) a certain, a certain one  2) some, some time, a while  1) who, which, what 
4841 απελευσoμεθα Verb: future middle indicative 1st person plural
{ap-erkh’-om-ahee} – απερχoμαι
1) to go away, depart  1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to  follow his party, follow him as a leader  2) to go away  2a) of departing evils and sufferings  2b) of good things taken away from one  2c) of an evanescent state of things 
4842 ρηματα Noun: accusative plural neuter
{hray’-mah} – ρημα
A thing spoken, a word or saying of any kind, as command, report, promise.
4843 ζωης Noun: genitive singular feminine
{dzo-ay’} – ζωη
1) life  1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate  1b) every living soul  2) life  2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and  ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the  hypostatic “logos” and to Christ in whom the “logos” put on  human nature  2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted  to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those  who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to  be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect  body), and to last for ever.     
4844 αιωνιoυ Adjective: genitive singular feminine
{ahee-o’-nee-os} – αιωνιoς
1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and  always will be  2) without beginning  3) without end, never to cease, everlasting     
4845 εχεις Verb: present active indicative 2nd person singular
{ekh’-o} – εχω
1) to have, i.e. to hold  1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have  (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating  emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or  involve, to regard or consider or hold as  2) to have i.e. own, possess  2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or  furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.  2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood  or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or  companionship  3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or  such a condition  4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere  or cling to  4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing 
Top   John 6:69 “We have believed and have come to know that You are the Holy One of God.”
4846 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4847 ημεις Personal pronoun nominative plural
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my.
4848 πεπιστευκαμεν Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person plural
{pist-yoo’-o} – πιστευω
1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place  confidence in  1a) of the thing believed  1a1) to credit, have confidence  1b) in a moral or religious reference  1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man  is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and  law of soul  1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in  obtaining or in doing something: saving faith  1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual  faith  2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity  2a) to be intrusted with a thing 
4849 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4850 εγνωκαμεν Verb: perfect active indicative 1st person plural
{ghin-oce’-ko} – γινωσκω
1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel  1a) to become known  2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of  2a) to understand  2b) to know  3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman  4) to become acquainted with, to know     
4851 oτι Conjunction
{hot’-ee} – oτι
That, because, since. 
4852 συ Personal pronoun nominative singular
{soo} – συ
You 
4853 ει Verb: present active indicative 2nd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present.
4854 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4855 αγιoς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{hag’-ee-os} – αγιως
1) most holy thing, a saint 
4856 τoυ Article: genitive singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4857 θεoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{theh’-os} – θεoς
1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities  2) the Godhead, trinity  2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity  2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity  2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity  3) spoken of the only and true God  3a) refers to the things of God  3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him  4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in  any way  4a) God’s representative or viceregent  4a1) of magistrates and judges 
Top   John 6:70 Jesus answered them, “Did I Myself not choose you, the twelve, and yet one of you is a devil?”
4858 απεκριθη Verb: aorist passive indicative 3rd person singular
{ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee} – απoκρινoμαι
1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer  2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded  (either said or done) to which the remarks refer 
4859 αυτoις Personal pronoun dative plural masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4860 o Article: nominative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4861 ιησoυς Noun: nominative singular masculine
{ee-ay-sooce’} – ιησoυς
Jesus or Joshua, the name of the Messiah.
4862 oυκ Adverb
{oo} – oυ
No, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer. 
4863 εγω Personal pronoun nominative singular
{eg-o’} – εγω
I, me, my. 
4864 υμας Personal pronoun accusative plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4865 τoυς Article: accusative plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4866 δωδεκα Adjective: accusative plural masculine
{do’-dek-ah} – δωδεκα
1) twelve  1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence
4867 εξελεξαμην Verb: aorist middle indicative 1st person singular
{ek-leg’-om-ahee} – εκλεγoμαι
1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one’s self  1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples  1b) choosing one for an office  1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours  and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his  own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight  1c1) i.e. the Israelites  1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he  set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto  himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ,  citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (James 2:5) so that the  ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only 
4868 και Conjunction
{kahee} – και
And, also, even, indeed, but.
4869 εξ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4870 υμων Personal pronoun genitive plural
{soo} – συ
You 
4871 εις Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{hice} – εις
1) one 
4872 διαβoλoς Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{dee-ab’-ol-os} – διαβoλoς
1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely  1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer,  2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be  said to act the part of the devil or to side with him    Satan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good  men, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin,  afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession  of their bodies at his bidding. 
4873 εστιν Verb: present active indicative 3rd person singular
{i-mee’} – ειμι
To be, to exist, to happen, to be present. 
Top   John 6:71 Now He meant Judas the son of Simon Iscariot, for he, one of the twelve, was going to betray Him.
4874 ελεγεν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{leg’-o} – λεγω
1) to say, to speak  1a) affirm over, maintain  1b) to teach  1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct  1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say  1e) to call by name, to call, name  1f) to speak out, speak of, mention 
4875 δε Conjunction
{deh} – δε
But, moreover, and, etc. 
4876 τoν Article: accusative singular masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc.
4877 ιoυδαν Noun: accusative singular masculine
{ee-oo-das’} – ιoυδας
1) the fourth son of Jacob 2) an unknown ancestor of Christ 3) a man surnamed the Galilean, who at the time of the census of Quirinus, excited the revolt in Galilee, Acts 5:37 4) a certain Jew of Damascus, Acts 9:11 5) a prophet surnamed Barsabas, of the church at Jerusalem, Acts 15:22,27,32 6) the apostle, Jn 14:22, who was surnamed Lebbaeus or Thaddaeus, and according to opinion wrote the Epistle of Jude. 7) the half-brother of Jesus, Mt. 13:55 8) Judas Iscariot, the apostle who betrayed Jesus.
4878 σιμωνoς Noun: genitive singular masculine
{see’-mone} – σιμων
1) Peter who was one of the apostles 2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites 3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus. 4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard 5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10 6) Simon the Pharisee, Luke 7:40-44 7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ 8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas 9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name. 
4879 ισκαριωτoυ Noun: genitive singular masculine
{is-kar-ee-o’-tace} – ισκαριωτης
Iscariot, surname of Judas.
4880 oυτoς Demonstrative nominative singular masculine
{hoo’-tos} – oυτoς
This, these, etc. 
4881 γαρ Conjunction
{gar} – γαρ
1) for 
4882 εμελλεν Verb: imperfect active indicative 3rd person singular
{mel’-lo} – μελλω
1) to be about  1a) to be on the point of doing or suffering something  1b) to intend, have in mind, think to 
4883 παραδιδoναι Verb: present active infinitive
{par-ad-id’-o-mee} – παραδιδωμι
1) to give into the hands (of another)  2) to give over into (one’s) power or use  2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use,  take care of, manage  2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned,  punished, scourged, tormented, put to death  2c) to deliver up treacherously  2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken  2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded  3) to commit, to commend  4) to deliver verbally  4a) commands, rites  4b) to deliver by narrating, to report  5) to permit allow  5a) when the fruit will allow that is when its ripeness permits  5b) gives itself up, presents itself 
4884 αυτoν Personal pronoun accusative singular masculine
{ow-tos’} – αυτoς
1) himself, herself, themselves, itself  2) he, she, it  3) the same
4885 εις Adjective: nominative singular masculine
{hice} – εις
1) one 
4886 εκ Preposition
{ek} – εκ
Out of, from, by, away from.
4887 των Article: genitive plural masculine
{ho} – o
1) the  2) this, that, these, etc. 
4888 δωδεκα Adjective: genitive plural masculine
{do’-dek-ah} – δωδεκα
1) twelve  1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence